Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • 2015-2019  (513)
  • Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing  (232)
  • Cham : Springer International Publishing  (206)
  • London : Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group
  • Electronic books  (513)
Datasource
Material
Language
Years
Year
  • 1
    ISBN: 9781786439017
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 374 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Series Statement: Elgar introductions to management and organization theory
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Elgar introduction to theories of human resources and employment relations
    DDC: 658.3
    Keywords: Personalmanagement ; Arbeitsbeziehungen ; Personnel management ; Supervision of employees ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Theories used in employment relations and human resource management / Keith Townsend, Aoife M. McDermott, Kenneth Cafferkey and Tony Dundon -- 2. Marxism at work / Roger Seifert -- 3. Neo-pluralism in contemporary employment relations and HRM: The case for workplace and academic dialogue / Peter Ackers -- 4. Applying scientific management to modern HRM and ER / Niall Cullinane and Jean Cushen -- 5. Cracking labour process theory in employment relations and HRM / Shiona Chillas and Alina Baluch -- 6. The legacy of the human relations school: Looking back and moving forward / Sarah Jenkins -- 7. The theory of high-performance work systems / Peter Boxall and Meng-Long Huo -- 8. Systems theory: Forgotten legacy and future prospects / Brian Harney -- 9. Evolutionary psychological theory and human resource management / Andrew Timming -- 10. Personnel economics: Managing human resources through performance-related pay / Victoria Wass -- 11. Advances in labour regulation theory / Peter Waring and Mark Bray -- 12. Institutional theory, business systems and employment relations / Geoffrey Wood and Matthew Allen -- 13. Varieties of capitalism / Glenn Morgan and Heike Doering -- 14. Human resource management and paradox theory / Anne Keegan, Julia Brandl and Ina Aust -- 15. Revisiting human capital theory: Progress and prospects / Jonathan Winterton and Kenneth Cafferkey -- 16. Feminist theory and employment relations / Anne-Marie Greene -- 17. Trust, distrust and human resource management / Neve Iseava, Colin Hughes and Mark Saunders -- 18. Social exchange theory, employment relations and human resource management / Christine Cross and Tony Dundon -- 19. Using role theory to understand and solve employment relations and human resources problems / Qian Yi Lee, Keith Townsend, Ashlea Troth and Rebecca Loudoun -- 20. Fairness in the workplace: Organisational justice and the employment relationship / Melinda Laundon, Paula McDonald and Abby Cathcart -- 21. Ability, motivation, and opportunity theory: A formula for employee performance? / Ashlea Kellner, Kenneth Cafferkey and Keith Townsend -- 22. The resource-based view approach and HRM / Keith Whitfield -- 23. LMX and HRM: A multi-level review of how LMX is used to explain employment relationships / Anna Bos-Nehles and Mieke Audenaert -- 24. Social mobilisation theory in HR and employment relations / Lorraine Ryan, Caroline Murphy and Daniel Troy -- Index.
    Abstract: "This Elgar Introduction provides an overview of some of the key theories that inform human resource management and employment relations as a field of study. Leading scholars in the field explore theories in the context of contemporary debates concerning policies that affect and regulate work and the management of employment, as well as the activities and experiences of actors within the employment relationship. The book is divided into three sections to capture different theoretical lenses used to reflect on HRM and ER concerns about work: systems and historical development; institutions; and people and processes. Expert contributors have drawn on extensive research experience to present a contemporary understanding of a range of theories, how they evolved, and how they might be used in the future. Essential reading for HRM, ER and management scholars and research students, this book challenges readers to reassess their thinking about the significance of theory in research and practice"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    ISBN: 9780857938602
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XVIII, 580 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on distribution channels
    Keywords: Vertriebsweg ; Branchenentwicklung ; Marketing channels ; Business logistics ; Franchises (Retail trade) ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Absatzweg
    Abstract: Contents: Preface / Charles A. Ingene and James R. Brown -- 1. Introduction -- James R. Brown and Charles A. Ingene / Part I: Location in a value chain: conceptual and analytical perspectives -- 2. Choosing value-chain locations in marketing channels: integrating service-dominant logic and product-form strategy perspectives / Mrinal Ghosh, Kellilynn M. Frias and Robert F. Lusch -- 3. Optimal channel structure of a proprietary component manufacturer: the impact of price- versus quantity-competition / Ngan N. Chau and Ramarao Desiraju -- 4. Platform retailing: from offline "stores within a store" to online "marketplaces" / Kinshuk Jerath and Z. John Zhang -- Part II: Organizational control, learning and conflict -- 5. Organizational control in marketing channels: a meta-analytic review / James R. Brown and Jody L. Crosno -- 6. Organizational learning and inter-organizational knowledge transfer / Ravipreet S. Sohi and A. Lynn Matthews -- 7. Managing channel conflict: insights from the current literature / Kamran Eshghi and Sourav Ray -- Part III: Analytical approaches to multi-channel research -- 8. Modeling multichannel supply chain management with marketing mixes: a survey / Gangshu (George) Cai, Yue Dai and Wenzhu Zhang -- 9. Information management and contract design under supplier encroachment / Zhuoxin Li, Stephen Gilbert and Guoming Lai -- Part IV: Modelling channel coordination -- 10. Models of channel coordination / S. Chan Choi, Ju Myung Song, Xiaowei Xu and Yao Zhao -- 11. Interpretation of product differentiation in linear demand functions / Sang-June Park and Richard Staelin -- 12. Social preferences and distribution channels / Tony Haitao Cui, Paola Mallucci, Jagmohan Raju and Z. John Zhang -- Part V: Channel relationships -- 13. Relationship dynamics: understanding continuous and discontinuous relationship change / Colleen M. Harmeling and Robert W. Palmatier -- 14. Business buyers are people too: phenomenology and symbolic interaction in buyer relationships / Mark B. Houston, Christopher P. Blocker and Daniel J. Flint -- 15. Performance impact of distribution expansion: a review and research agenda / Jonathan D. Hibbard, Manish Kacker & Farhad Sadeh -- Part VI: Conceptual approaches to channel design and governance -- 16. A transaction cost approach to channel design with application to multi-channels settings / George John, Madhu Viswanathan and Mrinal Ghosh -- 17. Trust-based hybrid governance in geographical indication supply chains / Alan J. Malter and Pelin Bicen -- 18. Resale price maintenance after Leegin: Marketing literatures for future research / Gregory T. Gundlach and Rachel E. Paul -- Part VII: Conceptual approaches to multi-channel research -- 19. Design and management of multi-channel distribution in B2b Environments / Alberto Sa Vinhas & Jean Johnson -- 20. Franchising research in marketing: suggestions for future research / Sudha Mani, Kenneth H. Wathne and Kersi D. Antia -- 21. An empirical examination of the dark side of relationship marketing within a business-to-business context / Brent L. Baker, Rajiv P. Dant and Scott K. Weaven -- Part VIII: Conceptualizing distribution channels -- 22. Putting it all together: a conceptual framework for integrating distribution channels research / James R. Brown and Charles A. Ingene -- 23. Conceptualizing a comprehensive theory of distribution channels / Charles A. Ingene and James R. Brown -- Postscript "a gentle giant: he was taken from us too young, too early" / James R. Brown and Charles A. Inge -- Index.
    Abstract: Distribution channels are the most complex element of the marketing mix to fully grasp and to profitably manage. In this Handbook the authors present cutting-edge research on channel management and design from analytical, conceptual, and empirical perspectives. The ultimate objective of this Handbook is a comprehensive theory of distribution channels for scholars presented in enlightened surveys of the literature to tightly reasoned investigations. Channel management topics include value creation, interorganizational knowledge transfer, contract design, governance and control, and relationship management. Channel design topics encompass coordination, supply-chain management, price vs. quantity competition, channel breadth, franchising, resale price maintenance, and bricks-and-mortar vs. online retailer competition. The book concludes with a sketch of a Comprehensive Theory of Distribution Channels meant to incorporate and extend current thinking. The breadth of this Handbook makes it appropriate for use in a doctoral course on distribution channels, or as a knowledge-broadening resource for faculty and researchers who wish to understand types of channels research that are outside the scope of their own approach to distribution
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788115681
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XV, 430 Seiten)
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on the psychological contract at work
    DDC: 658.3
    RVK:
    Keywords: Implizite Kontrakte ; Arbeitsverhalten ; Industrieforschung ; Employee motivation ; Employee attitude surveys ; Personnel management ; Psychology, Industrial ; Management Psychological aspects ; Corporate culture ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: The psychological contract is considered a critical construct in organizational behavior literature because it informs employee emotions, attitudes, and behaviors in the workplace. Although the psychological contract has been explored extensively over the last 50 years, numerous theoretical, conceptual, empirical, methodological, and analytical changes have pushed the field forward. As such, it is time to take stock and move forward. The contributors to this Handbook explore in detail this important component of modern management thinking
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788116411
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XX, 206 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Jones, Colin, 1966 - How to teach entrepreneurship
    DDC: 338.04071
    Keywords: Gründungsausbildung ; Entrepreneurship Study and teaching ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword by Andy Penaluna -- Introduction -- Part I The players -- 1. Know yourself -- 2. Know your activity environment -- 3. Know your students -- Part II Rules of the game -- 4. Scholarship of teaching and learning -- 5. Contemporary frameworks -- 6. Seeing the rules -- Part III: Playing the game -- 7. Determine your purpose -- 8. Strategic choice -- 9. Effective practices -- Part IV Scoring the game -- 10. Qualitative standards -- 11. Improving your game -- 12. Teach who you are -- Appendices -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: Just how should we teach entrepreneurship? This important book provides many of the answers to this challenging question. In developing the first signature pedagogy for entrepreneurship education, Colin Jones unites the contexts of enterprise and education at the intersection of scholarship, transformational learning and student engagement. Good teaching for entrepreneurship is shown to emerge both from the educator and the students' interest. For the educator, a process of scholarly leading is required to support student interest - from the alternate perspective, students require a willingness to welcome uncertainty and challenge the existing boundaries to effectively develop a capacity for self-negotiated action. A key guide for all entrepreneurship lecturers and tutors, written for all teaching contexts, this book will challenge you to teach 'who you are', as well as what you know
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    ISBN: 9781788977913
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (IX, 131 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Series Statement: Elgar footprints in human resource management and employment relations
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Timming, Andrew R. Human resource management and evolutionary psychology
    Keywords: Personnel management Psychological aspects ; Evolutionary psychology ; Electronic books ; Physiologische Psychologie ; Evolutionspsychologie ; Personalpolitik
    Abstract: Contents: 1. The evolutionary psychology of human resource management -- 2. Understanding the evolutionary bases of workplace mobbing behavior: a bio-psycho-social model -- 3. Skin tone as a cue to employability: sociology against evolutionary psychology -- 4. Gender fluidity at work: is sexual dimorphism an advantage in the labor market? -- 5. The effect of facial (a)symmetry on employment chances: smarter, healthier, sexier, more productive? -- 6. Unconscious bias and the future of hrm decision-making -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: Answering pressing questions regarding employee selection and mobbing culture in the workplace, Andrew R. Timming explores the unique intersection of the biological sciences and human resource management. With a rich set of theoretical and empirical chapters, the author shines an innovative light on the fields of human resource management, organizational behavior and evolutionary psychology, engaging with the nature vs. nurture debate as well as offering a ground-breaking explanation for workplace bullying, unconscious bias, and employee selection decision-making. At times poignant and controversial, the book illustrates the dark side of human nature, with a unique focus on our primordial instincts. An excellent exploration into an emerging area, this Footprint will be ideal for human resource management and organizational behavior academics, as well as those interested in applied evolutionary, social, organizational, and experimental psychology
    Note: Includes bibliographical references (pages 100-131)
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788976244
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXII, 190 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Advanced imagineering
    DDC: 745.4
    Keywords: Reengineering (Management) ; Group problem solving ; Organizational behavior ; Organizational change ; Organizational effectiveness ; Social change ; Design ; Creative ability ; Technological innovations ; Medical innovations ; Inventions ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: "The most pressing problems facing society today, such as enhancing healthcare, revitalizing city centres, and improving our systems and institutions are complex innovation eco-systems. Articulating and illustrating how experience design can unlock experience innovation, Diane Nijs and her colleagues present new ways of effectuating corporate, public, social and whole system innovation through collective creation." -- Back cover
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    ISBN: 9781788118835
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XII, 211 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Williams, Colin C., 1961 - Dependent self-employment
    DDC: 658.041
    Keywords: Selbstständige ; Atypische Beschäftigung ; Contracting out ; Self-employed ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- Part I: Theorizing dependent self-employment -- 2. Dependent self-employment in broader context: Trends in employment -- 3. Dominant depictions of dependent self-employment -- Part II: Dependent self-employment in practice -- 4. Prevalence and trends -- 5. Who engages in dependent self-employment? -- 6. Working conditions of the dependent self-employed -- Part III: Policy options -- 7. Approaches towards addressing the misclassification of employment -- 8. The wider context: Employment and social protection -- 9. Conclusions -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "Dependent self-employment is widely perceived as a rapidly growing form of precarious work conducted by marginalised lower-skilled workers subcontracted by large corporations. Unpacking a comprehensive survey of 35 European countries, Colin C. Williams and Ioana Alexandra Horodnic map the lived realities of the distribution and characteristics of dependent self-employment to challenge this broad and erroneous perception. Featuring rigorous empirical research, Dependent Self-Employment moves beyond the reliance on anecdotal evidence to fill in gaping lacunae in our understanding of employment. Reporting on the European Working Conditions Survey of 2015, this impressive book provides a crucial contribution to our understanding of dependent self-employment in the 21st century, challenging not only academic perceptions, but also depictions of work in the media and political discourse. The authors expertly navigate the 'grey zone' of defining dependent self-employment, embracing the spectrum of employment relationships and outlining the limits to the rights and authority of the dependently self-employed. Bold and comprehensive, this timely book offers critical insight for researchers at all levels exploring the nature and distribution of employment in Europe. Given the current public debates on the platform economy, this book will also prove useful for practitioners and policy-makers in labour inspectorates, tax administrations and social security institutions worldwide"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    ISBN: 9781788117210
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (VIII, 405 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on crowdfunding
    RVK:
    Keywords: Crowdfunding ; Unternehmensfinanzierung ; Digitale Plattform ; Welt ; Crowd funding Research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Crowdfunding
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Crowdfunding: An Introduction / Annaleena Parhankangas, Colin Mason and Hans Landström -- Part I: The characteristics of crowdfunding -- 2. Crowdfunding across research fields: An overview and suggestions for future investigation / Claire Ingram Bogusz -- 3. The role of crowdfunding in entrepreneurial finance / Gary Dushnitsky and Diego Zunino -- Part II: Crowdfunding platforms -- 4. Crowdfunding platforms: Taking stock and looking forward / Michael P. Ciuchta, Roberto S. Santos, Peiyi Jia and Amy M. Yacus -- 5. The supply side: Profiling crowdfunders / Stefan Katzenmeier, David Bendig, Steffen Strese and Malte Brettel -- 6. Demand-side perspectives on the democratization of finance through crowdfunding: Opportunities and challenges for early-stage finance research / David M. Townsend and Richard A. Hunt -- Part III: The crowdfunding process -- 7. How crowdfunding deals get done: Signaling, communication, and social capital perspectives / Chandresh Baid and Thomas H. Allison -- 8. What happens after a crowdfunding campaign? / Tom Vanacker, Silvio Vismara and Xavier Walthoff-Borm -- Part IV: Specific aspects of crowdfunding -- 9. Crowdfunding by non-profit and social ventures / Maija Renko, Todd W. Moss and Anna Lloyd -- 10. An overview of crowdfunding in the creative and cultural industries / Jan Tosatto, Joe Cox and Thang Nguyen -- 11. Inequality and crowdfunding / Jason Greenberg -- 12. Crowdfunding: Risk, fraud and regulation / Francesca Tenca and Chiara Franzoni -- Part V: The future of crowdfunding -- 13. Evolving crowdfunding models / Victoriya Salomon -- Index.
    Abstract: The digitalization revolution has significantly altered conditions for financing new and small firms. Crowdfunding is at the forefront of this movement. While research in this area has increased significantly, it is heavily fragmented. Reflecting on this, the Handbook of Research on Crowdfunding reviews and synthesizes current knowledge on crowdfunding finance and provides an agenda for further research. This Handbook covers the role of crowdfunding and the platforms used, as well as discussing the characteristics of crowdfunders themselves and the businesses that seek finance from the 'crowd'. It also investigates the process once crowdfunding is complete, and how it is used by non-profit, social and creative ventures as well as for-profit businesses. Potential negative aspects are also discussed, including inequality, risk, fraud and regulation. Finally, the future of crowdfunding, including new finance models, is outlined. Bringing together a wealth of previously fragmented knowledge, this Handbook is a key reference for all entrepreneurial finance researchers as well as those interested in the effects of crowdfunding more generally across entrepreneurship, innovation, management and economics
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    ISBN: 9781786439079
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XVI, 385 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Edition: Third edition
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on techno-entrepreneurship
    RVK:
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Hochtechnologie ; Innovationssystem ; Innovationsmanagement ; Wissenstransfer ; Welt ; High technology industries Management ; Technological innovations Management ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Spitzentechnologie ; Entrepreneurship ; Innovationsmanagement
    Abstract: Contents: Part I -- Conceptualisation 1. Technological embeddedness as a determinant of techno-entrepreneurship / Sang-Joon Kim and Juil Lee -- Part II: New categories of entrepreneurship -- 2. Reverse innovation: Review of a decade / Max von Zedtwitz and Marine Hadengue -- 3. Modes and routines of frugal innovation: An examination on the basis of the auto components industry / Rajnish Tiwari and Stephan Bergmann -- 4. The interplay of technology entrepreneurs and regulation in a new industry: The case of the drone industry / Ferran Giones, Kerem Gurses and Alexander Brem -- 5. Unveiling women entrepreneurship in technology ventures: Gendered organization and gendered society interactions / Dilek Cetindamar and Berna Beyhan -- Part III: Ecosystems 6. Techno-entrepreneurship development support in theory and practice: The case of incubators and accelerators in Canada / Fabiano Armellini, Cynthie Dega, Angie Garcia and Franciso Machado -- 7. Crowdfunding as a tool for innovation marketing: Technology entrepreneurship commercialization strategies / Ferran Giones and Alexander Brem -- 8. Fostering techno-entrepreneurship and open innovation practices in the innovation ecosystems / Case Nokia, Jarkko Pellikka and Timo Ali-vehmas -- 9. Digital technologies, techno-entrepreneurship and regional ecosystems: The case of the net value / Moreno Frau and Ludovica Moi -- Part IV: Academic entrepreneurship 10. Research-based spin-offs as agents of knowledge dissemination: Evidence from the analysis of innovation networks / Oscarina Conceição, Cristina Sousa and Margarida Fontes -- 11. Individual innovativeness as a driver of career success: Academic tehno-experts in an entreprneeurial ecosystem / Anna-Maija Nisula and Heidi Olander -- Part V: Country-specific entrepreneurship -- 12. SME techno-entrepreneurship: Drivers and barriers in sub-Saharan Africa / Olayinka David-West, Omotayo Muritala and Immanuel Ovemeso Umukoro -- 13. Entrepreneurship, technological knowledge and industrial heterogeneity: Evidence from Italian NUTS3 regions / Alessandra Colombelli, Gianluca Orsatti and Francesco Quatraro -- 14. Nurturing healthy korean startup ecosystem / Gyewan Moon -- 15. Understanding the dynamics of entrepreneurial ecosystems: Evidence from a longitudinal case study / Maria Cristina Cinici, Valeria Schifilliti and Fabrizio Cesaroni -- Index.
    Abstract: "While knowledge-intensive environments encourage and foster new ideas for products, services, production methods and business models, they also entail high levels of risk derived from the fast and dynamically changing nature of technology. This Handbook explores the new theoretical frameworks that are needed to cope with the growing relevance of techno-entrepreneurship initiatives globally. Demonstrating that techno-entrepreneurship and its ecosystems create opportunities across national borders, this Handbook also shows how they proactively shape their business environment and engage in more complex collaborative networks. Chapters cover emerging areas in the field, such as frugal innovation, the drone industry and gender-specific entrepreneurship. Separated into sections dedicated to entrepreneurial ecosystems - with original research into incubators, accelerators and crowd funding - and techno-entrepreneurship across countries, the contributors examine specific issues that arise in context. With international scope, this Handbook will be an essential read for entrepreneurship and innovation scholars. Any researcher with an interest in entrepreneurial ecosystems will also benefit from the original research presented"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788972321
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 183 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for social entrepreneurship
    DDC: 658.408
    Keywords: Sozialwirtschaft ; Social entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Exploring the terrain of social entrepreneurship: New directions, paths less travelled / Anne de Bruin and Simon Teasdale -- 2. An evolutionary perspective on social entrepreneurship 'ecosystems' / Michael J. Roy and Richard Hazenberg -- 3. Spectres of marketization? The prospect of the national disability insurance scheme in Australia / Chris Mason -- 4. Social enterprises and democracy in countries with transitional or authoritarian regimes / Angela M. Eikenberry -- 5. Measuring impact in social entrepreneurship: Developing a research agenda for the 'practice turn' in impact assessment / Jarrod Ormiston and Erin Castellas -- 6. When form follows function: Governing for good / Deborah Burand -- 7. Community perspectives on social entrepreneurship / Helen Haugh and Andrew Brady -- 8. Collective social entrepreneurship / Roger Spear -- 9. Inclusive value chain development: The role of social enterprise hybrids in smallholder value chains / Bob Doherty and Pichawadee Kittipanya-Ngam -- 10. Social enterprises as rural development actors / Robyn Eversole and Mary Duniam -- 11. Social and ecological entrepreneurship in a circular economy: The need for understanding transitional agency / Malin Henriksson, Martin Hultman, Nils Johansson, Anna Kaijser and Björn Wallsten -- 12. Gender and social entrepreneurship research: Contemporary themes / Kate V. Lewis and Colette Henry -- 13. Māori indigenous research: Impacting social enterprise and entrepreneurship / Ella Henry and Léo-Paul Dana -- 14. Social entrepreneurship in the middle east and north Africa / Ghadah Alarifi, Paul Robson and Endrit Kromidha -- 15. Hybrid social entrepreneurship in emerging economies - a research agenda / Diane Holt and Bev Meldrum -- 16. Social entrepreneurship through the lens of the 'everyday': Inquiring the rhythms of female micro-credit recipients / Pascal Dey and Laurent Marti -- 17. The times of social innovation - fictional expectation, precautionary expectation and social imaginary / Rafael Ziegler -- Index.
    Abstract: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. In the last two decades social entrepreneurship has grown in energy and impact as entrepreneurial spirit has increasingly turned to finding solutions for social, cultural and environmental issues. As social entrepreneurship has grown in popularity, so too has its academic study. A Research Agenda for Social Entrepreneurship brings together contributions from developing paths in the field to signpost the directions ahead for the study of social entrepreneurship. Moving beyond mainstream approaches to entrepreneurship, this innovative and insightful book offers a unique view into the contemporary state of social entrepreneurship research. Impressive and diverse, this book explores not only established research, but also draws out implications for social entrepreneurship from legal scholarship, gender studies and indigenous research, as well as investigating regional contexts. Moreover, the contributors take inspiration from emerging societal trends, such as the circular economy and the turn of entrepreneurship to ecology and the environment. Featuring diverse insights from different disciplinary and geographical perspectives, this book is invaluable to students of social entrepreneurship at all levels who are in need of a broad and cutting-edge overview of the topics. Researchers seeking original research topics and questions will benefit from this book's insight into the future of the subject. The accessible style will also serve social entrepreneurs themselves, offering a fascinating exploration of the many pathways for social entrepreneurship
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781786436894
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (VII, 179 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Elgar introductions to management and organization theory
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar introductions to management and organization theory series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Logue, Danielle, 1979 - Theories of social innovation
    DDC: 658.408
    Keywords: Öffentliche Güter ; Sozialer Wandel ; Organisatorischer Wandel ; Social Innovation ; Social responsibility of business ; Organizational change ; Social change ; Progress ; Electronic books ; Ethik
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: The aim and structure of the book -- 1. Social innovation and its contemporary evolution -- 2. Social innovation as social value creation, capture and distribution -- 3. Social innovation as polysemous -- 4. Social innovation as institutional change -- 5. Social innovation: Morality, markets and theories of impact -- 6. Social innovation: Tensions in purpose and practice -- Index.
    Abstract: "As we grapple with how to respond to some of the world's most pressing problems, there is growing global interest in 'social innovation' as a potential solution. But what exactly is 'social innovation'? And how can it help us to think about problems such as inequality, poverty and climate change? Danielle Logue theorizes social innovation as a contemporary manifestation of the historical tensions between 'economy' and 'society' and the simultaneous pursuit of economic and social progress. Going back to the historical work of Adam Smith and his discussion of markets and morality, the author draws on organizational and management theory to present three theoretical lenses for understanding social innovation. These lenses include theorizing social innovation as social value creation, capture and distribution; social innovation as polysemous; and social innovation as institutional change. She then considers some of the current issues confronting social innovation in practice and the challenges for organizations in 'doing good' and 'being good'. This generative introduction is targeted at graduate and doctoral students, as well as non-specialist academics. It aims to stimulate further discussion and analysis by providing a comprehensive understanding of social innovation and a choice of frameworks when examining complex and wicked problems and the organization and management of efforts to solve them"--
    Note: Literaturangaben
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788113427
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XVIII, 511 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Creating psychologically healthy workplaces
    DDC: 658.38
    Keywords: Gesundheit ; Psychische Krankheit ; Arbeitszufriedenheit ; Persönlichkeitspsychologie ; Familie-Beruf ; Industrial welfare ; Employee health promotion ; Psychology, Industrial ; Work environment Psychological aspects ; Work environment ; Electronic books ; Lehrbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Arbeitsbedingungen ; Arbeitszufriedenheit ; Gesundheit ; Psychische Störung ; Persönlichkeitspsychologie
    Abstract: Contents: Acknowledgements -- Part I: Introduction -- 1. Creating psychologically healthy workplaces / Ronald J. Burke -- 2. Pseudoscience won't create a psychologically healthy workplace / Matthew J. Grawitch and David W. Ballard -- 3. Setting the agenda for evidence-based and sustainable psychologically healthy workplaces / Arla Day -- 4. Shared values for health, safety and wellbeing at work / Gerard I. J. M. Zwetsloot -- Part II: Building individual resources. -- 5. The benefits of developing psychological capital in workplaces / Carolyn Youssef-Morgan and Karl Petersen -- 6. Nonwork time as individual resource building: A review and research agenda / Charlotte Fritz and Caitlin A. Demsky -- 7. Job crafting: An individual strategy to develop oneself / Maria Tims and Caroline Knight -- Chapter 8. Promoting happiness in the workplace / Kristin Layous -- Part III: Improving relationships inside and outside the workplace -- 9. The role and importance of leadership in creating psychologically healthy workplaces / Duygu B. Gulseren, Tabatha Thibault and E. Kevin Kelloway -- 10. Where differences dwell: Inclusion and the healthy workplace / Laura E. M. Traavik -- 11. Costs of incivility in workplaces and potential remedies / Michael P. Leiter -- 12. Sweet dreams (are made of this): Cultivating relational agency through high-quality connections in the workplace / Joanne Sundet and Arne Carlsen -- 13. Generational identity in the workplace: Toward understanding and empathy / Sean T. Lyons and Joshua Leblanc -- Part IV: Organizational-level initiatives -- 14. How thriving at work matters for creating psychologically healthy workplaces: Current perspectives and implications for the new world of work / Gretchen Spreitzer and Eun Bit Hwang -- 15. Work engagement: Increasing employee wellbeing and organizational effectiveness / Astrid M. Richardsen -- 16. Holistic stress: Primary, secondary, and tertiary interventions / Kahla A. Davis and Valerie J. Morganson -- 17. Positive people make for healthy workplaces / Paul Fairlie -- 18. Work-life balance, stress and well-being: Moderating effects of psychological capital / Carolyn M. Youssef-Morgan and Lanell Craig -- 19. Cultivating healthy, inclusive workplaces: Why it matters and how organizations make progress / Dnika J. Travis, Julie S. Nugent and Rebecca Lengnick-Hall -- 20. The importance of corporate wellness programs for psychological health and productivity in the workplace / Rebecca K. Kelly and Sheri Snow -- 21. Supporting employees with caregiving responsibilities / Clarissa Bohlmann and Hannes Zacher -- 22. Oh my aching back: Making workplaces senior-friendly / Deborah M. McPhee and Marcia Carvalho de Azevedo -- 23. Quality of employment and well-being: Updating our understanding and insights / Marcie Pitt-Catsouphes and Tay K. McNamara -- Index.
    Abstract: Workplaces can often be sources of stress, interfering with both job satisfaction and performance. This book explores ways to combat the factors contributing to an unhealthy workplace by building on the advances in positive psychology and organizational scholarship over the last 15 years. Focusing on ground-breaking concepts such as psychological capital, 'happiness compassion', virtuousness, support and gratitude, this book offers ways to target and reshape the unhealthy workplace environment. Each chapter provides real-life organizational situations in which companies of all sizes implement strategies that either hinder or successfully create a healthy workplace environment. The world-leading authors identify key causes that reduce employee satisfaction and job performance, offering a range of interventions that can prevent negative experiences to ultimately produce happier workforces and boost productivity. This book will be a vital reference for doctoral students studying the links between work and health as well as faculty studying ways to improve employee well-being. Those on advanced courses in human resource management, organization effectiveness and organizational change will also benefit from the vast array of international insights into a healthy workplace environment
    Note: Enthält 23 Beiträge
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788118774
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 327 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Handbooks of research methods in management
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Handbooks of Research Methods in Management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Arbeitsbedingungen ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Job satisfaction ; Employee morale ; Personnel management ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: 1 Introduction: Researching the quality of working / Lives Daniel Wheatley -- Part I: Researching the quality of working lives: Philosophical, conceptual and practical considerations 2. Generating and measuring impact: Insights from research on the quality of working lives / Carol Atkinson -- 3. Using a lifecourse approach to research patterns of paid and unpaid work / Irene Hardill and Daniel Wheatley -- 4. Reviewing measurement instruments in job insecurity research: Perceived job insecurity and the gender lens perspective / Pinar Bayhan Karapinar, Selin Metin Camgöz and Ozge Tayfur Ekmekci -- 5. Accessing and understanding autism spectrum conditions in the workplace / Anne Cockayne -- 6. Research ethics when research on unpaid labour finds the elephant in the room: Negotiating violence encountered when conducting fieldwork / Irene Sotiropoulou -- Part II: Qualitative research methods on the quality of working lives 7. Accessing 'hard to reach groups' and emotions in the research process: 'work an honest day and get the usual raw deal' / Andrew Smith and Jo McBride -- 8. Using discursive methods to research the quality of working lives / Cath Sullivan -- 9. Observing neo-villeiny and other forms of non-standard work / Geraint Harvey -- 10. Ethnographic methods with limited access: Assessing quality of work in hard to reach jobs / Adam Badger and Jamie Woodcock -- 11. Using case study research to capture the quality of working lives / John Burgess and Julia Connell -- 12. Combining gendered strategies, a narrative approach and coaching: Examining the effect of behavioural ambidexterity on individual well-being and high performance work / Ani Raiden and Christine Räisänen -- Part III: Quantitative research methods on the quality of working lives210 13. Effective use of secondary quantitative data sources / Chris Lawton -- 14. Secondary data analysis of large survey data: Researching the quality of paid and unpaid working lives / Tracey Warren -- 15. Quantitative methods of examining the impact of the physical work environment / Elizabeth J. Sander, Alannah E. Rafferty and Peter J. Jordan -- 16. Using the Oaxaca-blinder decomposition to quantitatively assess the gender pay gap / Michaela Fuchs, Anja Rossen, Antje Weyh and Gabriele Wydra-Somaggio -- 17. Econometric analysis of educational mismatch and earnings using survey data from Ghana / Christian K. Darko and Kennedy K. Abrokwa -- Part IV: Mixed methods research on the quality of working lives 18. Use of quantitative and qualitative methods to research migrant workers in low-skilled work / Anne Green -- 19. Conducting small scale primary mixed methods research into the impacts of work-related travel / Craig Bickerton -- 20. Evaluating new techniques of evidence-based management using narrative evidence synthesis / Adrian Madden, Catherine Bailey, Luke Fletcher and Kerstin Alfes -- 21. Using occupational history calendars in semi-structured interviews to capture long working lives: A small sample approach using sequence analysis / Fiona Carmichael, Jo Duberley and Lorna Porcellato -- Index.
    Abstract: "The growing diversity of contemporary paid work has provoked increased interest in understanding and evaluating the quality of working lives. This Handbook provides critical reflections on recent research in the field, including examining the inextricable links between working life and well-being. The Handbook offers comprehensive support to researchers working in quantitative, qualitative and mixed-methods traditions. Drawing from an international evidence base, the contributors use examples of research into key contemporary issues such as the gendered nature of work, skills mismatch, job insecurity, work-life balance, flexibility, the gig-economy and the physical work environment. Chapters explore how research methods have been used to investigate aspects of both paid and unpaid work, raising further questions and highlighting limitations. The Handbook of Research Methods on the Quality of Working Lives is an essential resource for all those involved in areas that study, or touch on, the quality of working lives. It will benefit both new and experienced researchers inside and outside academia and across disciplines such as economics, human resource management, psychology and social policy"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781789900934
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (VI, 296 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Gottschalk, Petter, 1950 - Convenience triangle in white-collar crime
    DDC: 364.168
    Keywords: White collar crimes ; Fraud investigation ; White collar crime investigation ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftskriminalität ; Ursache ; Motivation ; Bequemlichkeit
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- 1. Stumbling into action research -- 2. Whistleblowers as information sources -- 3. Retaliation against whistleblowers -- 4. Crime in religious organizations -- 5. Convenience triangle in crime -- 6. When fraud examiners fail -- 7. Special sensitivity and neutralization -- 8. Autobiographies by offenders -- 9. Compensation of victims -- 10. Case 1: Office of the sheriff -- 11. Case 2: Pelham property fraud -- 12. Case 3: Nigeria petroleum fraud -- 13: Case 4: Toshiba accounting misconduct -- 14: Case 5 Wells Fargo sales misconduct -- 15: Case 6: Fuji Xerox customer fraud -- 16. Case 7: Olympus accounting misconduct -- 17. Case 8: BP claims attorney misconduct -- 18: Public procurement case -- 19: Executive deviance -- 20. Conclusion -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: Studies have shown that the number of individuals being incarcerated for white-collar crime is on the rise, going hand-in-hand with an increase in support for punishment and imprisonment for white-collar offenders among the public. This book aims to discuss the role of the 'convenience triangle' in white-collar crime, how it affects the perpetration of these crimes, the impact of this on detection and prevention and the effects of the punitive measures taken against white-collar criminals. The 'convenience triangle' is the dynamic relationship between motive, opportunity, and willingness to commit a crime, which culminates in the illegal acts that constitute white-collar crime. The relationship between these factors is explored through case studies highlighting each of these six causal relationships. Alongside this, the role of whistleblowing in the detection of white-collar crime, and the issue of incarceration for white collar criminals are discussed. For students of business and management, this book will provide valuable insights into the motivation and practice of white-collar crime. Its insights and discussion will also prove valuable for practitioners, engaged in both management and crime prevention
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788119474
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXXI, 321 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurship and context
    DDC: 338.04
    Keywords: Unternehmer ; Entrepreneurship ; Contextualism (Philosophy) ; Entrepreneurship ; Entrepreneurship Research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: Friederike Welter -- 1. David Smallbone and Friederike Welter (2001), 'The distinctiveness of entrepreneurship in transition economies', Small business economics , 16 - (4), June, 249-62 -- 2. David Smallbone and Friederike Welter (2003), 'Entrepreneurship in transition economies: Necessity or opportunity driven?', Babson-Kauffman entrepreneurship research conference (BKERC) paper , 1-16 -- 3. Leona Achtenhagen and Friederike Welter (2005), '(Re-) constructing the entrepreneurial spirit', Frontiers of entrepreneurship research, Babson college, MA, USA, 104-17 31 -- 4. Friederike Welter and Frank Lasch (2008), 'Entrepreneurship research in Europe: Taking stock and looking forward', Entrepreneurship theory and practice, 32 (2), March, 241-8 -- 5. Jürgen Schmude, Friederike Welter and Stefan Heumann (2008), 'Entrepreneurship research in Germany', Entrepreneurship theory and practice, 32 - (2), March, 289-311 -- 6. Friederike Welter and David Smallbone (2008), 'Women's entrepreneurship from an institutional perspective: The case of Uzbekistan', International entrepreneurship and management journal , 4 - (4), December, 505-20 -- 7. Candida G. Brush, Anne de Bruin and Friederike Welter (2009), 'A gender-aware framework for women's entrepreneurship', International journal of gender and entrepreneurship , 1 - (1), 8-24 -- 8. Kerstin Ettl and Friederike Welter (2010), 'Gender, context and entrepreneurial learning', International journal of gender and entrepreneurship , 2 - (2), 108-29 -- 9. Leona Achtenhagen and Friederike Welter (2011), '"Surfing on the ironing board" - The representation of women's entrepreneurship in German newspapers', entrepreneurship and regional development , 23 - (9-10), December, 763-86 -- 10. Lutz Trettin and Friederike Welter (2011), 'Challenges for spatially oriented entrepreneurship research', Entrepreneurship and regional development , 23 (7-8), September, 575-602 -- 11. Friederike Welter (2011), 'Contextualizing entrepreneurship - conceptual challenges and ways forward', Entrepreneurship theory and practice , 35 - (1), January, 165-84 -- 12. Friederike Welter and David Smallbone (2011), 'Institutional perspectives on entrepreneurial behavior in challenging environments', Journal of small business management , 49 - (1), January, 107-25 -- 13. Friederike Welter (2012), 'All you need is trust? A critical review of the trust and entrepreneurship literature', International small business journal, 30 (3), may, 193-212 -- 14. Friederike Welter and Mirela Xheneti (2013), 'Reenacting contextual boundaries - entrepreneurial resourcefulness in challenging environments', in Andrew C. Corbett and Jerome A. Katz (eds), Entrepreneurial resourcefulness: Competing with constraints (advances in entrepreneurship, firm emergence and growth, volume 15), Bingley, UK: Emerald group publishing ltd, 149-83 -- 15. Friederike Welter, Candida Brush and Anne de Bruin (2014), 'The gendering of entrepreneurship context', Institut für Mittelstandsforschung (IFM) Bonn working paper 01/14, February, 1-23 277 -- 16. Friederike Welter and David Smallbone (2015), 'Creative forces for entrepreneurship: The role of institutional change agents', Institut für Mittelstandsforschung (IFM) Bonn working paper 01/15, March, 1-29 - 17. Friederike Welter, David Smallbone and Anna Pobol (2015), 'Entrepreneurial activity in the informal economy: A missing piece of the entrepreneurship jigsaw puzzle', Entrepreneurship and regional development, 27 (5-6), 292-306 -- 18. Friederike Welter (2016), 'Wandering between contexts', in David B. Audretsch and Erik E. Lehmann (eds), The routledge companion to the makers of modern entrepreneurship, chapter 19, Abingdon, UK: Routledge, 213-32 -- 19. Ted Baker and Friederike Welter (2017), 'Come on out of the ghetto, please! - Building the future of entrepreneurship research', International journal of entrepreneurial behavior and research, 23 (2), 170-84 -- 20. Friederike Welter, Ted Baker, David B. Audretsch and William B. Gartner (2017), 'Everyday entrepreneurship - A call for entrepreneurship research to embrace entrepreneurial diversity', Entrepreneurship theory and practice, 41 (3), May, 311-21 -- Index.
    Abstract: This book identifies Friederike Welter's key contribution to entrepreneurship research over recent decades, and shows how her work is contextualised in time and place. The book gives a differentiated understanding of entrepreneurship and contexts, celebrating diversity as well as complexity. The author discusses temporal and spatial contexts and the role of gender for contextualising entrepreneurship, drawing attention to the interplay between history, place, gender alongside the context of researchers and entrepreneurs. Diversity is also highlighted through this contextual approach. This book offers a valuable collection of articles that provide entrepreneurship scholars with a sound basis for further research on entrepreneurship and context. Essential for those interested in exploring the foundations of the entrepreneurship and context theme, Friederike Welter's set of articles highlight the development of this debate. This will be an ideal read for all entrepreneurship scholars and students looking for an accessible review of the topic
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788115384
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XII, 328 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on gender and marketing
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Marketing ; Geschlecht ; Target marketing ; Consumer behavior ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Geschlechterforschung ; Marketing
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / Susan Dobscha -- 1. A psychological perspective on gendered advertising: content, effectiveness, and effects / Magdalena Zawisza -- 2. Video gaming as a gendered pursuit / Jenna Drenten, Robert L. Harrison and Nicholas J. Pendarvis -- 3. Gender east and west: transnational gender theory and global marketing research / Katherine C. Sredl -- 4. Gender and sexed bodies: embodiment, corporeality, physical mastery and the gaze / Jan Brace-Govan and Shelagh Ferguson -- 5. The hashtaggable body: negotiating gender performance in social media / Lauren Gurrieri and Jenna Drenten -- 6. Patriarchal myths debunked: applying a dialectic of extremes to women's erotic consumption / Luciana Walther -- 7. Critical consumers - discourses of women, sexuality, and objectification / Gry Hongsmark Knudsen -- 8. The TCR perspective of gender: moving from critical theory to an activism-praxis orientation / Laurel Steinfield, Jon Littlefield, Wendy Hein, Catherine Coleman and Linda Tuncay Zayer -- 9. No more mister mom: masculinity and consumption / Jacob Ostberg -- 10. Thinking through feminist theorising: poststructuralist feminism, ecofeminism, and intersectionality / Pauline Maclaran and Lorna Stevens -- 11. Rethinking feminist waves / Alexandra S. Rome, Stephanie O'Donohoe and Susan Dunnett -- 12. Toward (and beyond) LGBTQ+ studies in marketing and consumer research / Jack Coffin, Christian A. Eichert and Ana-Isabel Nolke -- 13. Gender and intersectionality in political marketing / Minita Sanghvi -- Index.
    Abstract: Susan Dobscha and the contributors in this Handbook provide a primer and resource for scholars and practitioners keen to develop or enhance their understanding of how gender permeates marketing decisions, consumer experiences, public policy initiatives, and market practices. This Handbook's main objective is to provide a roadmap through the complicated terrain of gender as it pertains to marketing and consumer behavior. The book also emphasizes that the study of gender is not restricted to certain theories, methods, or approaches. The unifying conclusion is that the study of gender is an important topic that has not received the attention it deserves within the marketing discipline; and attention to gender is crucial now more than ever. This book will give marketing scholars the guidance they need to incorporate the topic of gender into their research by highlighting the current conversations that are taking place in the field of marketing, and more importantly, by illuminating the gap in which more scholarship is necessary to increase our understanding of gender complexities
    Note: Literaturangaben
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    ISBN: 9781788110549
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XV, 404 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of the sharing economy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Share Economy ; Tauschwirtschaft ; Institutionelle Infrastruktur ; Regulierung ; Beziehungsmarketing ; Crowdfunding ; Soziale Beziehungen ; Cooperation Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Sharing Economy ; Wirtschaftssoziologie
    Abstract: Contents: The paradox of the sharing economy, introductory chapter / Russell Belk, Giana Eckhardt and Fleura Bardhi -- The nature of sharing and the sharing economy 1. Situating the sharing economy: Between markets, commons and capital / Adam Arvidsson -- 2. Sharing as an alternative economy activity / Thomas Widlok -- 3. The who and what of sharing: A phenomenological view / Wolfgang Suetzl -- 4. The sharing economy and lifestyle movements / Mikko Laamanen and Stefan Wahlen -- Ownership, access, and collaborative modalities 5. To own or to access: An exploration of sharing and access practices by Arab millennials / Maha Baz Radwan, Georgios Patsiaouras and Michael Saren -- 6. Object history value in the sharing economy / Claris X. Li and Richard J. Lutz -- 7. Guest, friend or colleague? Unpacking relationship norms in collaborative workplaces / Adèle Gruen and Laetitia Mimoun -- 8. Designing the economics of the sharing economy: Towards sustainable management / Ann Light -- Exchange practices in the sharing economy -- 9. The new face of bartering in collaborative networks: The case of Italy's most popular bartering website / Daniele Dalli and Fulvio Fortezza -- 10. Sharing economy to the rescue? The case of timebanking / Carmen Valor and Elani Papaoikonomou -- 11. Crowdfunding: Sharing the entrepreneurial journey / Anirban Mukherjee, Hannah H. Chang, and Amitava Chattopadhyay -- 12. Crowdfunding the development of new products and services / Natalia Drozdova, Seidali Kurtmollaiev and Ingeborg Kleppe -- Hybridity, institutional logics and institutional theory 13. Tracking the institutional logics of the sharing economy / Andrea Gessinger, Christopher Laurell, Christina Oberg and Christian Sandstrom -- 14. Airbnb and hybridized logics of commerce and hospitality / Georg von Richthofen and Eileen Fischer -- 15. The hybrid nature on online facilitated offline sharing / Konstanty Strzyczkowski -- 16. Decentralization as a new framework for the sharing economy / Marc Rocas-Royo -- Legal, regulatory, and public policy considerations 17. Urban mobilities and local regulation: Transportation challenges and promise of the sharing economy / Hugh Bartling -- 18. Should Europe regulate labour platforms in the sharing economy? / Adrian J. Hawley -- 19. Creating value to mitigate disaster harm: How the sharing economy can support consumers and policy makers / Lucie K. Ozanne -- 20. How sharing economy organizations and city governments engage in institutional work and how this shapes sustainability / Oksana Mont, Yulia Voytenko Palgen, and Lucie Zvolska -- Trust, satisfaction, and reputation in the sharing economy 21. Social dilemmas in the sharing economy / Rense Corten -- 22. Leveraging trust on sharing economy platforms: Reputation systems, blockchain technology and cryptocurrencies / Mareike Möhlmann, Timm Teubner, and Antje Graul -- 23. Revisiting satisfaction with collaborative exchanges in the sharing economy / Jérôme Mallargé, Alain DeCrop, and Pietro, Zidda -- 24. Customer goodwill: How perceived competence and rapport influence ewom's diagnosticity of peer-to-peer and professional access-based services / Christine Pitt, Theresa Eriksson, and Kirk Plangger -- Critical perspectives on the sharing economy 25. Constructing the collaborative consumer: The role of digital platforms / Annmarie Ryan and Gabriela Avram -- 26. Performing (in) the community: Accounting, biopower and the sharing economy / Penelope van den Bussche and Jeremy Morales -- 27. The rhetoric of sharing: Managerial literature on the sharing economy / Karolina Mikołajewska-Zając -- 28. Reputation: The 'fictitious commodity' of the sharing economy? / Alessandro Gandini -- Index.
    Abstract: "With the radical growth in the ubiquity of digital platforms, the sharing economy is here to stay. This Handbook explores the nature and direction of the sharing economy, interrogating its key dynamics and evolution over the past decade and critiquing its effect on society. Using an interdisciplinary perspective, this Handbook analyses labour, governance, trust and consumption in the contemporary sharing economy. It questions the apparent contradiction between its components: the moral economy of small-scale communal sharing versus the far-flung reaches of the market economy. Chapters explore ways to resolve this paradox, theorizing hybrid economic forms and considering the replacement of human trust inherent in the sharing economy with a transactional reputation economy. Featuring a variety of both conceptual explorations and empirical investigations in a variety of different cross-cultural contexts, this Handbook illustrates how and, more importantly, why the sharing economy has reshaped marketplaces, and will continue to disrupt them as it develops. Written in an accessible style, this thorough Handbook offers crucial insights for researchers across a variety of disciplines interested in the trajectories of modern consumption, as well as students studying the sharing economy. Practitioners, policy makers and public speakers working in and around the sharing economy will also benefit from this book's unique analysis of trends in consumer economics"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    ISBN: 9781786432711
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 469 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Women, business and leadership
    DDC: 658.4/09082
    Keywords: Weibliche Führungskräfte ; Personalführung ; Geschlecht ; Women executives ; Leadership in women ; Businesswomen ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Part I Leadership and authority: women at the helm -- 1. Women's entrepreneurship: discussing legal perspectives in light of individual and institutional drivers / Ulrike Fasbender and Yue Ang -- 2. Women in management and on corporate boards of directors: accelerating progress / Ronald Burke -- 3. Women leaders in times of economic crisis: leadership style, career self-efficacy and job insecurity / Alexander-Stamatios Antoniou and Nikolaos Drosos -- 4. For better or worse - HR practices and women in leadership / Sanjee Perera -- 5. Gender and authentic leadership: antecedents and consequences of leaders' emotional labor / Laura Diana Wojtas, Judith Kampa and Kathleen Otto -- 6. Gender and leadership in education / Alexander-Stamatios Antoniou and Marioleni Apergi -- 7. Goddess Athena as leader and mentor in Homeric epics / Christos-Thomas Kechagias and Alexander-Stamatios Antoniou -- 8. Transpersonal business leadership, global information economies and diversity / Iris Rittenhofer -- 9. Understanding women's entrepreneurial leadership in the context of families in business / Allan Discua Cruz, Eleanor Hamilton and Sarah L. Jack -- Part II Experience: how women in business and management negotiate their position -- 10. Networking and gender equality in academic leadership / Paula Burkinshaw and Kate White -- 11. Gender specific networking: mind the gap / L. Weis, Alixe Lay and Adrian Furnham -- 12. Female managers with male-type behaviour / Alexander-Stamatios Antoniou and Virginia Aggelou -- 13. Gender norm enforcement at work / Jason C. Potwora and Tahira M. Probst -- 14. ''Don't you know that it's different for girls?'': a dynamic exploration of trust, breach and violation for women enroute to the top / Rosalind Searle, Ruth Sealy and Beverley Hawkins -- 15. Experiencing a secret career in healthcare science / Valerie Bevan -- 16. Pregnancy in the workplace: the role of stigmas, discrimination and identity management / Pamela Perrewé, Shara R. Daniels, Kaylee J. Hackney and Liam Maher -- 17. Pushback: negative career development experiences of United States post-tenure female faculty 1988-2011 / Shani Carter and Cathyann Tully -- Part III Constraints: structural and cultural impediments affecting women's career advancement -- 18. Shattering the stained glass ceiling: women leaders in the church of England / Caroline Gatrell and Nigel Peyton -- 19. The Steep way to the top - barriers to female leadership in tall hierarchical organizations / Sofia Schlamp, Fabiola H. Gerpott and Sven Voelpel -- 20. The psychological and social implications of the gender-wage gap / Ritsa Ventouratou -- 21. Stereotype threat: impacts for women at work / Tahira Probst and Lindsey Lavaysse -- 22. Attitudes toward women managers and female authority: an empirical study among women managers in Greece / Nikolaos Drosos and Alexander-Stamatios Antoniou -- 23. Another financial crisis?: the underrepresentation of women in UK financial services / Elaine Dunn -- 24. Women as leaders and managers in sports: understanding key career enablers and constraints in the British horseracing industry / Ulrike Fasbender and Kate Clayton-Hathway -- 25. Lifetime disadvantage requires lifetime solutions / Malcolm Sargeant and Susan Bisom-Rapp -- 26. A blind spot in organization studies: gender with ethnicity, nationality and religion: gender in management: an international journal, 28(3), 151-170 / Riza Arifeen and Caroline Gatrell -- Contents.
    Abstract: This book explores the range of challenges faced by women in business and leadership today, identifying how far we need to progress before women in business experience the same level of advancement as men. Including a range of different viewpoints, the book analyses women's position at work from three perspectives: the constraints affecting women's career advancements, gender-specific challenges to women in leadership roles, and women's experiences of undertaking these roles while trying to maintain a work-life balance. By highlighting the specific disadvantages relating to gender, chapters outline the extent of change needed culturally, as well as through policy and attitude, if women are to achieve parity with their male counterparts. Researchers and students of gender in management, leadership and organisation studies will find this a thought-provoking read, particularly those studying work-family balance and the future paths to breaking the glass ceiling for women in business
    Note: Literaturangaben und Index
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    ISBN: 9781786438232
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXI, 351 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Series Statement: New horizons in entrepreneurship
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The role and impact of entrepreneurship education
    DDC: 338.04071
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Gründungsausbildung ; Business education ; Entrepreneurship Study and teaching ; Businesspeople Education ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction: entrepreneurial trends meet entrepreneurial education / Dafna Kariv, Harry Matlay and Alain Fayolle -- Part I: The key role of entrepreneurial pedagogies -- 2. 'I'm a designer, get me out of here': can entrepreneurial education advance through learning from design education? / Andrew Penaluna and Kathryn Penaluna -- 3. A portfolio of integrative and reinforcing pedagogies / Mark P. Rice and William C. Stitt -- 4. Beyond content and pedagogy: the role of self and place in entrepreneurial leadership development / Louisa Huxtable-Thomas and Paul D. Hannon -- 5. Explicit and tacit knowledge transfer in entrepreneurial education: the method approach / Michele O'Dwyer, Yvonne Costin and Briga Hynes -- Part II: Why do entrepreneurship teachers matter? -- 6. A study of the entrepreneurship education curriculum adaptation process among in-service vocational education teachers / Muhammad Zaheer Asghar, Paula Kyrö and Fariha Gul -- 7. Developing entrepreneurship education in Europe: teachers' commitment to entrepreneurship education in the UK, Finland and Spain / Jaana Seikkula-Leino, Elena Ruskovaara, Timo Pihkala, Iván Diego Rodríguez and Jane Delfino -- 8. Enhancing students' latent nascent entrepreneurship in basic education / Lenita Hietanen and Heikki Ruismäki -- 9. Teachers as role models in entrepreneurship education: perspectives from the point of view of entrepreneurs / Paula San-Martín, Ana Fernández-Laviada and Andrea Pérez -- Part III: The effectiveness of entrepreneurship education -- 10. Providing effective entrepreneurship education: a UK perspective / Paul Jones, David Pickernell, Rebecca Connolly and Celia Netana -- 11. The assessment of transversal competences in entrepreneurship education / Elena Luppi and Daniela Bolzani -- 12. Entrepreneurship education as perspective transformation / Colin Jones and Harry Matlay -- 13. Over one hundred years in management education: the evolution processes of academic entrepreneurship / Christian Keen, Valeriano Sanchez-Famoso, Luis Cisneros and Jorge-Humberto Mejia-Morelos -- Part IV: Innovative programmes in entrepreneurship education -- 14. The rising tide angel training program: education for the ecosystem (not just for the entrepreneur!) / Susan Coleman and Alicia Robb -- 15. University business incubators: mechanisms to transform ideas into businesses / María Redondo and Carmen Camarero -- 16. Prospects and challenges of disruptive innovation in the management and social science academic curriculum: a case study approach / Yael Israel-Cohen and Oren Kaplan -- 17. Educating sustainable entrepreneurship: the case of the University of Groningen / Gjalt de Jong -- Index.
    Abstract: Offering an empirically rigorous perspective on actionable approaches to entrepreneurship education, including learning, teaching and assessment methods, this book aims to bridge the gap between the theory and practice of entrepreneurship education as it relates to local, regional, national and international contexts. An impressive team of leading international authorities and acclaimed experts provides a comprehensive and in-depth exploration of the role and impact of entrepreneurship education in industrially developed and developing countries as well as transition economies. Incorporating a wealth of new, emergent and innovative techniques, this book will allow teachers to effectively encourage future entrepreneurs to realize their ideas and intentions, and to convert them into successful and sustainable small businesses. An excellent addition to current entrepreneurship education literature, this book will be of interest to entrepreneurship teachers, postgraduate and doctoral students, as well as graduate entrepreneurs, for its useful empirical basis, in addition to extensive theoretical and practical knowledge
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    ISBN: 9781788113601
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XVI, 349 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on customer centricity
    Keywords: Kundenbindung ; Beziehungsmarketing ; Marketing ; Customer relations ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Kundenorientierung ; Organisationsstruktur ; Reorganisation ; Kundenbindung ; Beziehungsmarketing ; Kundenmanagement
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction to the Handbook on Customer Centricity -- Robert w. Palmatier, Christine Moorman, and Ju-Yeon Lee -- Part I: Organizational design perspectives on customer centricity -- 2. Customer centricity: A multi-year journey / Ajay K. Kohli, Bernie J. Jaworski, and Nabil Shabshab -- 3. Market-oriented culture and customer feedback processes / Neil A. Morgan, Bruce H. Clark, and Douglas W. Vorhies -- 4. Service innovation from the frontlines in customer-centric organizations / Ozlem Ozkok, Jagdip Singh, Kwanghui Lim and Simon J. Bell -- 5. Designing customer-centric organization structures: Toward the fluid marketing organization / Ju-Yeon Lee and George S. Day -- 6. Customer-centric sales organizations / Park Thaichon and Scott Weaven -- Part II: Relational perspectives on customer centricity -- 7. Customer-centric marketing: What, how, and why do customer habits matter? / Denish Shah and Ayan Ghosh Dastidar -- 8. Designing and effectively managing customer-centric loyalty programs / J. Andrew Petersen, Rajkumar Venkatesan and Farnoosh Khodakarami -- 9. Building customer-centric marketing channel relationships: A model of reseller motivation and control / David I. Gilliland and Stephen K. Kim -- 10. Customer centricity and customer co-creation in services: The double-edged effects / Chi Kin (Bennett) Yim, Kimmy Wa Chan, Caleb H. Tse, and Fine F. Leung -- Part III: Branding and technology perspectives on customer centricity -- 11. Infusing brands and branding into customer centricity / Kevin Lane Keller -- 12. Customer centricity and the impact of technology / P.K. Kannan and Xian Gu -- 13. Enhancing customer centricity via 3D printing / Aric Rindfleisch and Subin Im -- Index.
    Abstract: "Drawing on the expertise of leading marketing scholars, this book provides managers and researchers with insights into the fundamentals of customer centricity and how firms can develop it. Customer centricity is not just about segmentation or short-term marketing tactics. Rather, it represents an organization-wide philosophy that focuses on the systematic and continuous alignment of the firm's internal architecture, strategy, capabilities, and offerings with external customers. This philosophy means that to be truly customer-centric, firms need to make multilevel transformations in internal architecture and organizational design, including leadership, metrics, incentives, structure, processes, and systems. These reorganizations are often accompanied by reshaped relational strategies, such as customer loyalty programs and marketing channel strategies that make customer centricity a reality. These changes also need to be backed by reconfigurations of brand and technological capabilities, as manifested in healthy customer-centric brands and in technology systems and skills that enable customer centricity at scale. The contributors to this book provide current thinking and cutting-edge research to further scholars' understanding of this key concept in marketing. Academics teaching or researching customer centricity, consultants implementing customer centricity and managers directly implementing customer centricity in their organizations will come to rely on the Handbook of Customer Centricity. Marketing associations, industry associations and local and university libraries will find the insights within offer critical reflection on the key features of customer centricity and the detailed roadmap to achieve it"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    ISBN: 9781786439758
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XVI, 472 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on boards of directors
    Keywords: Board of Directors ; Führungsstil ; Boards of directors ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- 1. "when in Rome, do as the Romans do"? A call for more context sensitive research on boards of directors / Jonas Gabrielsson, Wafa Khlif and Sibel Yamak -- Part I: The inside -- Board behaviour and performance -- 2. Board informal hierarchy and board performance / Dennis B. Veltrop and Eric Molleman -- 3. Dealing with strategic tensions on the board: The role of the chair in fostering engagement and debate / Filipe Morais, Andrew Kakabadse and Nada K. Kakabadse -- 4. The determinants of trust in the boardroom / Michael A. Ogunseyin, Stuart S. Farquhar and Silke Machold -- 5. Narcissism: A covert threat to functional board dynamics / Joanna Pousset -- 6. Opening the black box of boards of directors: Taking stock of recent studies on board dynamics / Alessandro Zattoni and Amedeo Pugliese -- Boards in family firms -- 7. Family directors monitoring non-family managers: The impact of family representation in the board of directors on ceo replacement decisions after poor performance / Daniel Pittino and Francesca Visintin -- 8. Analysing the board of directors in family firms: An integrated framework for future research directions / Alessandro Cirillo and Donata Mussolino -- Part II: The outside -- Re-visiting the concept of independence -- 9. Independent directors: Experience and value in contrasting economic contexts / Philippa Wells, Abdul Moyeen and Coral Ingley -- 10. The management of independent directors: A praxis hypothesis / Sven-Olof Yrjö Collin and Elin Smith -- Interconnections and impacts -- 11. Board of directors: Building relationships with non-shareholder stakeholders / Monique Cikaliuk, Ljiljana Eraković, Brad Jackson, Chris Noonan and Susan Watson -- 12. The changing role of the chairperson of the board: An analysis of business press articles in UK, USA and Germany / Alexander Meineke, Karin Hellerstedt and Mattias Nordqvist -- 13. Multiple board memberships and the inner circle in family business groups / Behlül Üsdiken and Özlem Yildirim-Öktem -- 14. The effect of the Introduction of the gender quota regulation among public limited companies' boards in norway: Taking stock, looking ahead / Eskil Goldeng, Alessandra Rigolini and Patricia Gabaldon -- Part III: The environments -- National contexts -- 15. Governance research and practice in the 21st century: Taking stock of board reforms / Marta A. Geletkanycz and Brian K. Boyd -- 16. Institutions, governance, and strategy in a changing global landscape: The case of boards of directors in large listed firms in France / Nikolaos Kavadis and Xavier Castañer -- 17. Board of directors within African contexts: Current perspectives and key directions for future research / Konan Anderson Seny Kan -- 18. Roles and tasks of German supervisory boards: An exploratory view / Thomas Steger and Steffen Jahn -- Global trends -- 19. Corporate governance and climate change: The new zeitgeist of sustainability for boards of directors / Thomas Clarke -- 20. Digitalisation and the role of the board / Linda Baines, Vadim Grinevich and Mine Karatas-Ozkan -- 21. On value and value creation: Perspectives from board research and practice in smes / Daniel Yar Hamidi -- 22. Rethinking boards and governance in the digital era: Implications for practice and research / Alessandra Rigolini, Jonas Gabrielsson, Mirian Izquierdo Barriuso and Morten Huse -- Index.
    Abstract: Boards of directors are complex systems, and it is imperative to understand what the contextual forces are that shape the direction and make-up of boards. This Research Handbook provides inspiration for researchers and practitioners interested in the manifold dimensions and facets of context surrounding boards of directors. The contributions identify the complexity and multiplicity of contexts in which boards of directors work and operate, as well as indicating how board members interact with, and influence their contexts. The chapters explore national and institutional differences, divergent understandings of board requirements, climate change and boards' duties, transformation due to digitalisation, family firms, and micro-contextual dynamics affecting boards and their decisions. This Research Handbook promotes board accountability, questions the relative position of companies in society, and reconsiders governance from a multiple context, multi-actor perspective. Building a greater understanding of the main issues and theories surrounding boards of directors, this Research Handbook will be ideal for students and scholars of business and governance. Practitioners and policy makers can also find material for their evolving frameworks
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781786434821
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIV, 479 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on sport governance
    DDC: 796.06/9
    RVK:
    Keywords: Sportorganisation ; Corporate Governance ; Sports administration ; Sports ; Corporate governance ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Sportverwaltung ; Sport ; Governance
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Research on sport governance: an introduction / Christos Anagnostopoulos and Mathieu Winand -- Part I Principles of good governance in sport -- 2. Assessing sports governance principles and indicators / Jean-Loup Chappelet and Michaël Mrkonjic -- 3. Measuring governance: the sports governance observer / Arnout Geeraert -- 4. Support the implementation of good governance in sport (SIGGS): a European project for National Olympic Committees and national sport federations / Thierry Zintz and Simon Gérard -- 5. SATSport model: an applied and adaptive approach to grassroot sport organisation' governance arrangements / Simone Digennaro, Mark Lowther and Antonio Borgogni -- 6. A cultural perspective on good governance in sport / Vassil Girginov -- 7. Embedding good governance principles in sports governing bodies through a code of ethics: opportunities, pitfalls, and good practices / Els De Waegeneer and Annick Willem -- 8. Intersections of governance and social responsibility in sport / Jonathan Robertson, Stefan Walzel and David Shilbury -- Part II Systemic sport governance -- 9. Governance of sports in Lithuania: empirical findings towards challenging implications / Vilma Čingienė -- 10. Evolution and reformation of China sport governance / Keyu Li and Graham Cuskelly -- 11. International governance of action sports: an organisational legitimacy perspective / Mikhail Batuev and Leigh Robinson -- 12. The governance of the Paralympic movement: an institutional perspective / Simon Gérard, David Legg and Thierry Zintz -- Part III Relationships governance in sport -- 13. Interorganisational network governance in sport / Hagen Wäsche and Anna Gerke -- 14. Breaking down barriers: collaboration in sport governance networks / Ian O'Boyle, David Shibury and Lesley Ferkins -- 15. Examining board-executive relationship in team sport charitable foundations: unpacking trust building through 'exchange currencies' / Christos Anagnostopoulos and Mathieu Winand -- Part IV Sport event governance -- 16. Sport event governance / Milena Parent and Michael Naraine -- 17. The governance of legacy in the Olympic movement: a theoretical framework / Becca Leopkey -- 18. Urban governance of non-mega sport events: a socio-political discourse analysis / James Anderson and Marijke Taks -- Part V Sport governance and businesss implications -- 19. The supporter ownership governance model: empirical insights from English football / Sara Ward and Dan Parnell -- 20. The transformation of German Football Bundesliga Clubs from members' associations towards corporations and their governance implications - the case of Hamburger SV / Stefan Prigge -- 21. China: Emerging football nation, emerging governance issues / Simon Chadwick, Ian Gibson and Tao Jiang -- 22. Olympic brand governance: future research directions / Benoit Seguin and Gashaw Abeza -- Part VI Sport board governance -- 23. Strategies for change: a Presidential perspective on governing the NCAA / Jimmy Smith -- 24. What do you mean it hasn't worked out, yet?: the paradoxes of women in sport governance research / Larena Hoeber and Sally Shaw -- 25. The governance of the board of national governing bodies in high performance sport / Veerle De Bosscher and Popi Sotiriadou -- 26. Succession and good governance / Tracy Taylor and Leigh Robinson -- 27. Board dynamics in nonprofit sport organizations: contemporary research directions / Shannon Kerwin and Alison Doherty -- Part VII Reflections -- 28. Directions for future research in sport governance / Mathieu Winand and Christos Anagnostopoulos -- Index.
    Abstract: Recent scandals across the word of sport can be directly related to poor governance. This Research Handbook gathers the state-of-the-art research on sport governance by leading international scholars on various issues across various sports, offering a vital reference point for advancing research. Illustrating different approaches and perspectives such as good governance principles, systemic governance, political governance and network governance, chapters suggest research-informed practical solutions to current problems within sport organisations. Covering sport event governance, business implications, corporate social responsibility for enhancing good governance and extended board management, specific directions for further research are provided for each topic under examination. This is the essential reference for all sport governance researchers. It will also be insightful for sport governing bodies and administrators looking for advice on improving good governance in sport institutions
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    London : Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group
    ISBN: 9781315650579 , 1315650576
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 191 Seiten)
    Edition: First published
    Series Statement: Routledge research in planning and urban design
    Series Statement: Taylor & Francis eBooks
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Murtagh, Brendan Social economics and the solidarity city
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Sozialökonomik ; Stadtökonomik ; Stadtentwicklung ; Stadtsoziologie ; Urban economics Social aspects ; Urbanization Economic aspects ; Sociology, Urban Economic aspects ; Sociology, Urban ; Economic aspects ; Urban economics ; Social aspects ; Urbanization ; Economic aspects ; BUSINESS & ECONOMICS / Economics / General ; BUSINESS & ECONOMICS / Reference ; Electronic books ; Stadtentwicklung ; Nonprofit-Bereich ; Solidarität ; Gemeinwesenarbeit
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    ISBN: 9781788970044
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 126 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Hansen, Anne Vorre Theorizing in organization studies
    DDC: 302.35
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Organizational sociology Research ; Organizational behavior ; Theory (Philosophy) ; Research Methodology ; Organization Research ; Organizational behavior ; Organizational sociology ; Research ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Interview ; Electronic books ; Organisationstheorie
    Abstract: Foreword by Richard Swedberg -- 1. Presentation and premises -- 2. Engaging in theorizing -- 3. Looking at something : behind the scenes -- interviewing Karl Weick -- 4. Finding your academic family -- 5. Making a contribution -- 6. Key points and practices -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: While many books provide guidance to the construction of theory, the process of theorizing itself has been addressed far less. The aim of this book is to encourage researchers to reflect upon their subjective theorizing practices and to engage in dialogue about theorizing in organization studies. Drawing on interviews with eight key figures in the field, this book provides guidance for how to theorize, and how to do so well, using the key tools of the theorizers. Providing rich insights, these interviews with Professors David Boje, Barbara Czarniawska, Kenneth Gergen, Tor Hernes, Geert Hofstede, Edgar Schein, Andrew Van de Ven and Karl Weick give an opportunity to learn from some of the most successful theorists in the field of organization studies. By addressing aspects of theorizing which seek to make it a personal and meaningful endeavour, this book goes beyond the sole aim of getting published and encourages readers to develop their own unique way of theorizing. This book will be an invaluable tool for graduate researchers and scholars looking to refine their theorizing practices in order to produce outstanding theoretical work. Its insights will also be of use to anyone seeking to breathe new life into their work, with its insightful commentary on the practices of successful theorists
    Note: Includes bibliographical references (pages 117-122) and index
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    ISBN: 9781788116015
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (VIII, 223 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for entrepreneurship and innovation
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Innovation ; Entrepreneurship ; Corporate governance ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship ; Innovation ; Forschung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction / David B. Audretsch, Erik E. Lehmann and Albert N. Link -- 2. Schumpeterian growth regimes / Cristiano Antonelli -- 3. Measuring entrepreneurial impact through alumni impact surveys / Shiri Breznitz, Brendan Hills and Qiantao Zhang -- 4. Academic entrepreneurship: between myth and reality / Alice Civera, Michele Meoli and Silvio Vismara -- 5. Principal investigators and boundary spanning entrepreneurial opportunity recognition: a conceptual framework / James A. Cunningham -- 6. The regional emergence of innovative start-ups: a research agenda / Michael Fritsch -- 7. Public and policy entrepreneurship research: a synthesis of the literature and future perspectives / Heike M. Grimm -- 8. A research agenda for entrepreneurship and innovation: the role of entrepreneurial universities / Maribel Guerrero and David Urbano -- 9. Corporate governance and innovation / Hezun Li, Timurs Umans and Siri Terjesen -- 10. Research opportunities considering student entrepreneurship in university ecosystems / Simon Mosey and Paul Kirkham -- 11. Entrepreneurial leadership in the academic community: a suggested research agenda / Rati Ram, Devrim Göktepe-Hultén, and Rajeev K. Goel -- 12. The power of words and images - towards talking about and seeing entrepreneurship and innovation differently / Friederike Welter -- 13. Artificial intelligence and entrepreneurship: some thoughts for entrepreneurship researchers / Sameeksha Desai -- 14. Entrepreneurship studies: the case for radical change / Mark Casson -- Index.
    Abstract: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Within the span of a generation, innovation and entrepreneurship have emerged as two of the most vital forces in the economy and in society. This Research Agenda highlights new insights and approaches to guide future thinking, research and policy in the area. To accomplish this, the editors have brought together a group of accomplished scholars spanning economics, management, public policy and finance. Drawing on the experiences and insights of leading scholars this Research Agenda covers a broad array of rich and promising topics, including entrepreneurial ecosystems, finance and the role of universities. Focusing on the intersection and overlap between the two disciplines, the Research Agenda begins by establishing the theoretical basis between the two topics, before exploring impact, context, academic entrepreneurship, start-ups, policy and corporate governance. The book concludes with three provocative chapters: Friederike Welter highlighting the power of words and images, Sameeksha Desai discussing the role of artificial intelligence and Mark Casson presenting a case for radical change to how entrepreneurship is studied. Presenting the most salient findings and themes in current literature, A Research Agenda for Entrepreneurship and Innovation is essential for researchers in innovation, as well as policy makers at both the local and national levels influenced by the increasing importance of entrepreneurship and innovation
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    ISBN: 9781788975063
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XV, 258 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Series Statement: New horizons in innovation management
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in innovation management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Responsible innovation in digital health
    Keywords: E-Health ; Gesundheitsversorgung ; Gesundheitswesen ; Innovation ; Medical care Technological innovations ; Medical informatics ; Technological innovations Management ; Medical innovations Management ; Communication in medicine ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Responsible innovation in digital health / Tatiana Iakovleva, Elin M. Oftedal and John Bessant -- 2. Responsible innovation as a catalyst of the firm innovation process / Tatiana Iakovleva, Elin M. Oftedal and John Bessant -- 3. Challenges in healthcare - the changing role of patients / Elin M. Oftedal, Tatiana Iakovleva and John Bessant -- 4. Empowering patients to innovate: The case of patient innovation / Pedro Oliveira, Salomé Azevedo and Helena Canhão -- 5. Patient-initiated innovation - evidence and research agenda / Thomas Laudal and Tatiana Iakovleva -- 6. University of virginia health system's mychart: Supporting patient care and research / Bala Mulloth and Michael D. Williams -- 7. Design space in digital healthcare - the case of health information tv / John Bessant, Allen Alexander, Danielle Wynne, and Anna Trifilova -- 8. Responsible research and innovation: Innovation initiatives for positive social impact / Raj Thapa and Tatiana Iakovleva -- 9. The blink innovation story - viewed through the lens of responsible innovation / Dagfinn Wåge and Andrea Marie Stangeland -- 10. Hitting the institutional wall - the journeys of three firms from idea to market / Elin M. Oftedal and Lene Foss -- 11. The role of user-led regional innovation networks in shaping responsible innovation in ehealth. Lessons from the east of the Netherlands / Kornelia Konrad, Verena Schulze Greiving and Paul Benneworth -- 12. Management of stakeholders' knowledge for responsible research and innovation / Elisa Thomas and Luciana Maines da Silva -- 13. Responsible innovation and commercialisation in the university context: A case study of an academic entrepreneur in digital healthcare / Bernard Naughton and Lene Foss -- 14. Responsible innovation within the healthcare sector: Digital therapeutics and wellstart health / Jill Kickul, Mark Griffiths, and Marissa Titus -- 15. The future of responsible innovation / John Bessant, Tatiana Iakovleva and Elin M. Oftedal -- Index.
    Abstract: Powerful new approaches and advances in medical systems drive increasingly high expectations for healthcare providers internationally. The form of digital healthcare - a suite of new technologies offering significant benefits in cost and quality - allow institutions to keep pace with society's needs. This book covers the need for responsible innovation in this area, exploring the issues of implementation as well as potential negative consequences to ensure digital healthcare delivers for the benefit of all stakeholders. This book offers a considered view on what a responsible innovation process might involve and how this will enable multiple stakeholders - users, medics, businesses and policymakers - to create a system of delivering better care at lower costs. Illustrated by international case studies, the contributing authors explore the dimensions of responsible innovation with patient engagement and the ways in which this can lead to better design, enhanced diffusion of knowledge and improvement in healthcare. A much-needed exploration of the role of innovation in healthcare with patients in mind, this book will be essential for academics in innovation, ethics, social entrepreneurship and healthcare studies
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    London : Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group
    ISBN: 9781351026284 , 9781351026291 , 9781351026277 , 9781351026307 , 9780203098820
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxxviii, 490 Seiten)
    Edition: Second edition
    Series Statement: Routledge key guides
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Key thinkers on development
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Entwicklung ; Entwicklungstheorie ; Wissenschaftler ; Politiker ; Planners Biography ; Economic development Planning ; Economic development Cross-cultural studies ; Economic policy Cross-cultural studies ; Planners ; Biography ; Economic development ; Planning ; Economic development ; Cross-cultural studies ; Economic policy ; Cross-cultural studies ; Electronic books ; BUSINESS & ECONOMICS / Industries / General ; BUSINESS & ECONOMICS / Development / Economic Development ; BUSINESS & ECONOMICS / Economics / General
    Abstract: Cover; Half Title; Title Page; Copyright Page; Table of Contents; List of contributors; Introduction; Adebayo Adedeji (1930-2018); Irma Adelman (1930-2017); Anil Agarwal (1947-2002); Elmar Altvater (1938-2018); Samir Amin (1931-2018); Alice Amsden (1943-2012); A.T. Ariyaratne (1931-); Jagdish Bhagwati (1934-); Piers Blaikie (1942-); James M. (Jim) Blaut (1927-2000); Norman Borlaug (1914-2009); Ester Boserup (1910-1999); Harold Brookfield (1926-); Fernando Henrique Cardoso (1931-); Michael Cernea (1934-); Robert Chambers (1932-); Hollis B. Chenery (1918-1994); Diane Elson (1946-)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    ISBN: 9781315145730
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 245 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Memory studies: global constellations
    Series Statement: Memory studies: glorbal constellations
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Framing the nation and collective identities
    RVK:
    Keywords: Group identity ; Political customs and rites ; Collective memory ; Political customs and rites ; Croatia ; Collective memory ; Croatia ; Croatia ; Politics and government ; Electronic books ; POLITICAL SCIENCE / Public Policy / Cultural Policy ; SOCIAL SCIENCE / Anthropology / Cultural ; SOCIAL SCIENCE / Popular Culture ; SOCIAL SCIENCE / General ; SOCIAL SCIENCE / Sociology / General ; Croatia History 1990- ; Croatia Politics and government ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Kroatien ; Nation ; Gruppenidentität ; Politische Kultur ; Kultur ; Kollektives Gedächtnis ; Geschichte 1900-2000
    Abstract: Cover; Half Title; Series; Title; Copyright; Contents; List of figures; List of tables; List of abbreviations; List of contributors; Framing the nation: an introduction to commemorative culture in Croatia; Part 1 Sociocultural, philosophical and linguistic approaches to Croatia's commemorative culture; 1 The sociocultural and ideological determinants of memory culture in Croatian society; 2 A contemporary philosophical perspective on cultural memory in Croatia; 3 An ontological and constructional approach to the discourse analysis of commemorative speeches in Croatia
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    London : Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group
    ISBN: 9781351582223
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (139 Seiten)
    Edition: First published
    Series Statement: Routledge studies in anti-politics and democratic crisis
    Series Statement: Routledge Studies in Anti-Politics and Democratic Crisis Ser.
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Akram, Sadiya Re-thinking contemporary political behaviour
    DDC: 306.2
    Keywords: Political sociology.. ; Political participation-Social aspects.. ; Agent (Philosophy) ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Cover -- Half Title -- Series Page -- Title Page -- Copyright Page -- Dedication -- Table of Contents -- List of illustrations -- Acknowledgements -- Introduction -- Part I -- 1 Political participation: the debate so far -- Introduction -- What's changed? The decline thesis -- Explaining decline -- Putting the politics into political participation -- What's new? -- Duty norms and engagement norms -- Collective and connective action -- Henrik Bang: the rise of the everyday maker -- Introducing the everyday maker -- Conclusion -- Notes -- Bibliography -- 2 Agency and political participation -- Introduction -- Chapter outline -- Conceptions of agency in the political participation literature -- Hay: the distinction between social and political action -- Stoker and rational choice theory -- Norris: critical citizens -- Agency and structure -- A rejection of structure and agency as a dualism: towards a dialectic -- Margaret Archer on agency -- Archer on reflexivity -- Giddens: agency or intentionality? -- Questioning the dominance of rational choice theory -- What is structure? -- Lopez and Scott's typology of structure -- Giddens' conception of structure as duality of structure -- Hay's conception of agency/structure -- Conclusion -- Notes -- Bibliography -- 3 Agency: the neglect of the unconscious -- Chapter outline -- History of the unconscious -- Bourdieu's theory of practice and fields -- Habitus -- The unconscious habitus -- Relationship between consciousness and the unconscious in habitus -- Reflexivity in habitus -- So what? The difference that the unconscious makes -- Conclusion -- Notes -- Bibliography -- 4 Talking heads? The internal political conversation -- Introduction -- Political conversations: internal and external -- Archer mark I: the morphogenetic approach -- Margaret Archer: the morphogenetic approach
    Abstract: Archer's conception of agency: reflexivity and the unconscious -- Why does social structure matter? -- Archer mark II: the internal conversation -- Internal monologue, conversation or introspection? -- Re-configuringthe inner conversation -- Archer: the different types of reflexivity -- Re-conceptualising the internal conversation: habitus, the unconscious and fields -- Towards a more in-depth notion of political behaviour -- Conclusion -- Notes -- Bibliography -- Part II -- 5 Exploring internal political conversations -- Introduction -- What is the internal conversation? -- Bourdieu: habitus, unconscious, emotions, fields -- Devising a methodology for accessing the internal conversation -- Discussion of interviews: the internal political conversation -- Identifying the internal conversation and stepping back from thehabitus -- Alex -- Sue -- Nina -- Simon -- Sarah -- Conclusion -- Notes -- Bibliography -- 6 Rioting: criminal, political or post-political act? -- Introduction -- Defining the political -- Rioting: criminal, political or post-political act? -- The search for political motivations and grievances -- Defining motivations and grievances -- A theoretical framework for theorising rioters -- Habitus -- The unconscious habitus -- The impact of the rioter's past on the present during the riot -- Rioting as an attempt at changing one's habitus -- The difficulty of change -- Conclusion -- Notes -- Bibliography -- Conclusion: contemporary political behaviour - looking forward -- Mapping the political -- The difference that agency makes -- Agents of change? -- Bibliography -- Index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    London : Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group
    ISBN: 9781351608442
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 200 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Cities and society
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 306.09485
    Keywords: Right of property-Sweden ; Sweden-Social policy ; Welfare state-Sweden ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Cover -- Half Title -- Series Page -- Title Page -- Copyright Page -- Dedication -- Table of Contents -- List of illustrations -- Acknowledgements -- Introduction -- Welfare state and the formation of consensus discourse -- Squatting in Sweden 1968-2017 -- Different positions - differing discourses -- Critical discourse analysis: examining power and ideology -- Critical discourse analysis as theory and method: how it is done -- The contents of the book -- Notes -- 1. Previous studies on squatting in Sweden and beyond -- The radicalization of the 1960s -- People's Home Anarchists of the 1970s -- Municipal politics disarming the radical edge in the 1980s -- The fragmented picture of squatting in the 1990s -- Blind spot despite considerable squatting activity in the 2000s -- Collective actors behind squatting in Sweden -- International research on squatting -- Conclusion: a need for a new research agenda -- Note -- 2. Squatting in the Swedish media -- Discourses and the media -- Late 1960s and 1970s: stressing the illegality of squatting -- 1980s: squatters vs. the police -- The 1990s: fascination with violence -- The 2000s: the rise and fall of the autonomous -- Tendency to focus on the negative characteristics -- Conclusions: (de)legitimization techniques used -- 3. Parliamentary discussions and delegitimation techniques -- Political discourse and squatting -- Finding antagonists and agonists of the Swedish model -- The struggle over democracy and representation -- The emergence of a young squatter -- Swedish squatting in focus or blame it all on the Social Democrats -- Strengthening democracy through securitization -- Portrayal and delegitimization of squatters and squatting -- Conclusions: the reproduction of political power -- Appendix -- 4. Squatters' self-presentations and the creation of adversaries -- Who are the squatters?.
    Note: Literaturverzeichnis: Seite 176-186
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781786431295
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xviii, 342 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Handbooks on globalisation
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 303.482
    Keywords: Globalization ; Electronic books
    Note: Description based on print version record. Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    London : Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group
    ISBN: 9781315647098
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 534 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Routledge handbooks
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The Routledge handbook of anthropology and the city
    RVK:
    Keywords: Urban anthropology ; Urban anthropology ; Urban anthropology ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Großstadt ; Ethnologie ; Großstadt ; Ethnologie
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    London : Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group
    ISBN: 9781135106355
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XII, 131 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: First published
    Series Statement: Routledge focus on environment and sustainability
    Series Statement: Routledge Focus on Environment and Sustainability Ser.
    Series Statement: ProQuest Ebook Central
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Eastwood, Lauren E., 1969 - Negotiating the environment
    DDC: 363.7
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: United Nations ; Environmental protection-Decision making ; Environmental policy-International cooperation ; Civil society ; Environmental policy-International cooperation ; Environmental protection-Decision making ; United Nations ; Environmental policy-International cooperation. ; United Nations. ; Environmental protection-Decision making. ; Environmental policy-International cooperation.. ; United Nations.. ; Environmental protection-Decision making.. ; Civil society ; Electronic books ; Vereinte Nationen ; Zivilgesellschaft ; Globalisierung
    Abstract: Cover -- Half Title -- Series Information -- Title Page -- Copyright Page -- Dedication -- Table of contents -- Acknowledgements -- Figures -- Abbreviations -- 1 The politics of nature and the nature of politics -- Ethnography: Into the belly of the beast -- 'Ethnographic snippet': UNFCCC COP16 -- Like oil and water: Fossil-fuel-based politics versus environmental sustainability -- Civil society in UN deliberations -- What a 'sociological imagination' brings to global environmental governance -- 'UN-conventional' methods: Observation, participation, and document analysis -- 'Text work': Analysis of a documentary reality -- Plus ça change… -- Chapters -- Notes -- References -- 2 Setting the scene: The UN as an ethnographic research site -- Introduction: 'Ethnographic snippet' to set the scene -- Background: The UN in context -- Inside the bureaucracy -- Digging through drudgery for data -- The UN as a research site -- Meetings: Location, duration, and procedure -- Texts: the UN documentary reality -- MEAs: History, context, and critique -- What is a 'normal' intervention? -- 'Ethnographic snippet': CBD SBSTTA22 -- What's in a meeting? -- References -- 3 The contested terrain of action: Civil society in UN climate negotiations -- Introduction: Raising issues-civil society and climate deliberations -- Whose space? Our space! -- Participation as process -- Strategic essentialism and civil society -- Anticipated and accepted actions -- UNFCCC and the climate movement -- Historical precedent: Conflict and action in Copenhagen -- Access: Shut out of the negotiations -- Copenhagen 'results' and beyond: Continued tensions for civil society -- What a difference half a degree makes -- Negotiations derailed: Participation jeopardised -- Damage control -- Maintaining a presence: Civil society and continued participation in UNFCCC -- Note -- References.
    Note: Description based on publisher supplied metadata and other sources
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788973595
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Onlineressource (xvii, 202 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Cities Series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Ḳelerman, Aharon, 1945 - The internet city
    DDC: 302.23/1091732
    RVK:
    Keywords: Cyberspace-Social aspects ; Electronic books ; Smart City ; Stadtentwicklung
    Abstract: Exploring the history of the Internet, from pre-conception, to the possibilities of an Internet-based future, The Internet City presents ways in which the Internet and urban life intersect. The book interprets how the contemporary city is becoming fully based on Internet technologies in all of its major dimensions: the daily activities of urbanites and urban companies, the operations of urban systems, and the functioning of the upcoming driverless vehicles.
    Abstract: Front Matter -- Copyright -- Contents -- Figures -- Tables -- Preface -- Acknowledgments -- Abbreviations -- PART I Urban connectivity and informational activities -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Pre-Internet urban connectivity and informational activities -- 3. The Internet -- PART II Urban Internet applications -- 4. The Internet for individual users -- 5. The dual-space society -- 6. The Internet and companies -- 7. The Internet for urban systems -- 8. Autonomous vehicles (AVs) and the Internet -- PART III Implications of urban Internet applications -- 9. Urban perspectives for the Internet-based city -- 10. Conclusion -- References -- Index.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 1788973593 , 9781788973595
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 202 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Cities series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 302.23/1091732
    Keywords: Cyberspace Social aspects ; Cities and towns Effect of technological innovations on ; Communication Social aspects ; Cities and towns Social aspects ; Internet ; Internet History ; PSYCHOLOGY ; Social Psychology ; Cities and towns ; Effect of technological innovations on ; Cities and towns ; Social aspects ; Communication ; Social aspects ; Cyberspace ; Social aspects ; Internet ; History ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Exploring the history of the Internet, from pre-conception, to the possibilities of an Internet-based future, The Internet City presents ways in which the Internet and urban life intersect. The book interprets how the contemporary city is becoming fully based on Internet technologies in all of its major dimensions: the daily activities of urbanites and urban companies, the operations of urban systems, and the functioning of the upcoming driverless vehicles
    Abstract: Front Matter; Copyright; Contents; Figures; Tables; Preface; Acknowledgments; Abbreviations; PART I Urban connectivity and informational activities; 1. Introduction; 2. Pre-Internet urban connectivity and informational activities; 3. The Internet; PART II Urban Internet applications; 4. The Internet for individual users; 5. The dual-space society; 6. The Internet and companies; 7. The Internet for urban systems; 8. Autonomous vehicles (AVs) and the Internet; PART III Implications of urban Internet applications; 9. Urban perspectives for the Internet-based city; 10. Conclusion; References
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    London : Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group
    ISBN: 9781000053821
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 105 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Routledge Focus on Women Writers in Organization Studies
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 302.35082
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Sex role in the work environment ; Discrimination in employment ; Feminism ; Organizational sociology ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Cover -- Half Title -- Series Page -- Title Page -- Copyright Page -- Table of Contents -- Series note -- Notes on contributors -- Chapter 1 Introduction: Power, politics and exclusion -- References -- Chapter 2 Edith Garrud: The jujutsuffragette -- Co-opting the gentlemanly art of fighting -- The suffragette who knew jujutsu -- Cats, mice and bodyguards -- Writing Edith Garrud into organization studies -- Notes -- Recommended Reading -- References -- Chapter 3 Beatrice Webb: Social investigator -- Refusing domestic servitude -- Science, society and Herbert Spencer -- Charles Booth and the discovery of the working class -- From investigation to institution-building -- On the Poor Law -- A growing feminist critique -- Deficits in social consciousness? -- Falling out of bed -- Further reading -- References -- Chapter 4 "There is always something that one can do": Social engineering and organization in the family politics of Alva Myrdal -- Population crisis -- Woman's role in society -- Alva Myrdal's altruistic utilitarianism -- Further readings -- References -- Chapter 5 Rosabeth Moss Kanter: Revolutionary roots and liberal spores -- Career and major works -- On inequality: the structural dynamics of power -- On the human side of innovation: people as agents of change -- Where next for promoting innovation and equality? Progress and barriers to change -- Conclusion -- Notes -- Further reading -- References -- Chapter 6 The organizational condition: Hannah Arendt and the radical domestication of freedom -- Organizing the human condition -- From world to organizational alienation -- Overcoming vita management -- Radically domesticating organizations -- Conclusion -- Further Readings -- References -- Chapter 7 Decolonising organizations with bell hooks -- A biography of Gloria Jean Watkins.
    Note: Description based on publisher supplied metadata and other sources
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    London : Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group
    ISBN: 9781351055697
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (viii, 81 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Disruptions: studies in digital journalism
    Series Statement: Disruptions Ser.
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Wall, Melissa Citizen Journalism : Practices, Propaganda, Pedagogy
    DDC: 302.231
    Keywords: Citizen journalism ; Online journalism ; Social media ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Cover -- Half Title -- Series -- Title -- Copyright -- Contents -- Acknowledgments -- 1 Introduction: Citizen journalism at the margins -- 2 Engaged citizen journalism -- 3 Enraged citizen journalism -- 4 Learning from other disciplines -- 5 Schooling citizen journalists -- 6 Conclusion -- References -- Index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveroeffentlichers)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    London : Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group | Abingdon : Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group
    ISBN: 9781315163499
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 297 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Global Africa 12
    DDC: 306.3/62
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Geschichte ; Sklavenhandel ; Sklaverei ; Slavery History ; Slavery History ; Slavery History ; Slavery Religious aspects ; Islam ; Slave trade History ; African diaspora ; Africans Ethnic identity ; Afrika ; Atlantischer Raum ; Islamische Staaten ; Electronic books
    Abstract: The collective significance of the themes that are explored in Slavery in the Global Diaspora of Africa bridge the Atlantic and thereby provide insights into historical debates that address the ways in which parts of Africa fitted into the modern world that emerged in the Atlantic basin. The study explores the conceptual problems of studying slavery in Africa and the broader Atlantic world from a perspective that focuses on Africa and the historical context that accounts for this influence. Paul Lovejoy focuses on the parameters of the enforced migration of enslaved Africans, including the impact on civilian populations in Africa, constraints on migration, and the importance of women and children in the movement of people who were enslaved. The prevalence of slavery in Africa and the transformations of social and political formations of societies and political structures during the era of trans-Atlantic migration inform the book's research. The analysis places Africa, specifically western Africa, at the center of historical change, not on the frontier or periphery of western Europe or the Americas, and provides a global perspective that reconsiders historical reconstruction of the Atlantic world that challenges the distortions of Eurocentrism and national histories. Slavery in the Global Diaspora of Africa will be of interest to scholars and students of colonial history, African history, Diaspora Studies, the Black Atlantic and the history of slavery
    Note: Literaturverzeichnis Seite [271]-289
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    ISBN: 9781351142243
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressorce (xiii, 250 Seiten) , 57 illustrations, text file, PDF.
    Series Statement: Routledge advances in event research series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 394.2
    Keywords: Special events Social aspects ; Special events Planning ; Special events Management ; Social integration ; Special events ; Social aspects ; Special events ; Planning ; Special events ; Management ; Social integration ; Electronic books ; accessibility at conferences ; accessible events ; BAME representation ; caring and events ; diversity and events ; events of dissent ; Intercultural events ; inclusion and events ; paralympics ; rodeo ; volunteering at events ; women of colour in Scotland ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Addressing community diversity : the role of the festival encounter / Michelle Duffy, Judith Mair, Gordon Waitt -- Inclusion of people with reduced mobility in festivals : perceptions and challenges at the Guelaguetza Festival, Mexico / Daniel Barrera-Fernández and Marco Hernández-Escampa -- Do-it-yourself or going professionally? : on the different potentials of community inclusion through gendered festivals in the post-Yugoslav space / Zorica Sirocic -- Appleby Fair for all / Teresa Crew -- Agricultural shows : the challenge of accessibility / Caroline A. Wiscombe -- "House and techno broke them barriers down" : exploring exclusion through diversity in Berlin's electronic dance music nightclubs / Naomi Alice Rodgers -- Occupying unapologetically : Gal-Dem Friday Late : radical trust and co-production at the Victoria and Albert Museum, London / Keisha Williams -- In our own words : organising and experiencing exhibitions as Black women and women of colour in Scotland / Layla-Roxanne Hill and Francesca Sobande -- Outside the comfort zone : intercultural events in suspicious times / Roaa Ali -- Performing advocacy / Caroline Gausden -- Conceptualising events of dissent : understanding the Lava Jato rally in Sao Paulo, 5th December, 2016 / Ian Lamond -- Rio 2016 Paralympics and accessibility : breaking barriers in urban mobility? / Silvestre Cirilo dos Santos Neto, Ailton Fernando Santana de Oliveira, Vinicius Denardin Cardoso, Marcelo de Castro Haiachi -- Volunteering and wellbeing : case study of the Glasgow 2014 Commonwealth Games volunteer programmes / Briony Sharp -- Post-humanist investigation into human-equine relations in event landscapes : case of the rodeo / Paula Danby and Rebecca Finkel -- Measuring accessibility in MICE venues : the case of the Euskalduna Conference Centre (Bilbao, Spain) / Ainara Rodriguez Zulaica and Asunción Fernández-Villarán Ara -- Academics in two places at once : (not) managing caring responsibilities at conferences / Emily F. Henderson -- A tripartite approach to accessibility, diversity, and inclusion in academic conferences / Trudie Walters
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    London : Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group
    ISBN: 9781351214087 , 9781351214100
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Additional Information: Rezensiert in Kingston, Lindsey N. Cultural Genocide: Law, Politics, and Global ManifestationsJeffrey S. Bachman 2021
    Series Statement: Routledge studies in genocide and crimes against humanity
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Cultural genocide
    DDC: 304.6/63
    Keywords: Genocide Sociological aspects ; Persecution Social aspects ; Ethnic conflict ; Culture conflict ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Völkermord ; Minderheitenfrage ; Kulturkonflikt ; Kriminologie
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction : bringing cultural genocide into the mainstream / Jeffrey Bachman -- Raphaël Lemkin : culture and cultural genocide / Douglas Irvin-Erickson -- An historical perspective : the exclusion of cultural genocide from the Genocide Convention / Jeffrey Bachman -- A modern perspective : the current status of cultural genocide under international law / David Nersessian -- Destroying indigenous cultures in the United States / Lauren Carasik and Jeffrey Bachman -- Genocide and settler colonialism : how a Lemkinian concept of genocide informs our understanding of the ongoing situation of the Guarani Kaiowá in Mato Grosso do Sul, Brazil / Genna Naccache -- A political economy of genocide in Australia : the architecture of dispossession then and now / Damien Short and Martin Crook -- Colonialism and cold genocide : the case of West Papua / Kjell Anderson -- Heritage wars : a cultural genocide in Iraq / Helen Malko -- A century of cultural genocide in Palestine / Daud Abdullah -- The Baha'i community of Iran : cultural genocide and resilience / Moojan Momen -- Ontological redress : the natural and the material in transformative justice for "cultural" genocide / Andrew Woolford.
    Note: Literaturangaben
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Image
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    ISBN: 9781786436030 , 1786436035
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 436 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in geography
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on critical geographies of migration
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on critical geographies of migration
    DDC: 304.8
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Emigration and immigration ; Human geography ; Internationale Migration ; Arbeitnehmer ; Migration ; Forschung ; Anthropogeografie ; Transnationale Politik ; Politischer Prozess ; Diaspora ; Asylbewerber ; Flüchtling ; Flucht ; Ursache ; Flüchtlingslager ; Asyl ; Erde ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Anthropogeografie ; Migration ; Internationale Migration
    Abstract: Front Matter; Copyright; Contents; List of figures; List of contributors; Introduction to the Handbook on Critical Geographies of Migration; PART I: NEW ISSUES IN CRITICAL MIGRATION RESEARCH; 1 Borders and bodies: siting critical geographies of migration; 2 Managing displacement: negotiating transnationalism, encampment and return; 3 Gender, violence and migration; 4 The laws of impermanence: displacement, sovereignty, subjectivity; 5 Biometric borders; PART II: CORPOREAL AND GENDERED GEOGRAPHIES OF MIGRATION
    Abstract: 6 Embodied migration and the geographies of care: the worlds of unaccompanied refugee minors7 Corporeal geographies of labor migration in Asia; 8 Seasonal migration and the working-class laboring body in India; 9 Embodiment and memory in the geopolitics of trauma; 10 Gendered circular migrations of Afghans: fleeing conflict and seeking opportunity; PART III: BORDERS, VIOLENCE AND THE EXTERNALIZATION OF CONTROL; 11 The geography of migrant death: violence on the US-Mexico border; 12 'Ceci n'est pas la migration': countering the cunning cartopolitics of the Frontex migration map
    Abstract: 13 From preventive to repressive: the changing use of development and humanitarianism to control migration14 Military-humanitarianism; 15 Genealogies of contention in concentric circles: remote migration controland its Eurocentric geographical imaginaries; 16 Renationalization and spaces of migration: the European border regime after 2015; PART IV: CAMPS, DETENTION AND PRISONS; 17 Informal migrant camps; 18 Fractures in Australia's Asia-Pacific border continuum: deterrence,detention and the production of illegality; 19 Carceral mobility and flexible territoriality in immigration enforcement
    Abstract: 20 The biopolitics of alternatives to immigration detentionPART V: TRANSNATIONALISM AND DIASPORA; 21 Home and diaspora; 22 Revisiting diaspora as process: timespace, performative diasporas?; 23 Diasporas and development; 24 Approximating citizenship: affective practices of Chinese diasporic descendants in Myanmar; 25 Geographies of the next generation: outcomes for the children of immigrants through a spatial lens; 26 Social media and Rwandan migration: a moral epistemology of return; PART VI: REFUGEES, ASYLUM, HUMANITARIANISM
    Abstract: 27 Contentious subjects: spatial and relational perspectives on refugee mobilizations in Europe28 Law, presence and refugee claim determination; 29 Im/mobility and humanitarian triage; 30 Contradictions and provocations of neoliberal governmentality in the US asylum seeking system; 31 Counter-mapping, refugees and asylum borders; 32 The sanctuary network: transnational church activism and refugeeprotection in Europe; Index
    Abstract: Border walls, shipwrecks in the Mediterranean, separated families at the border, island detention camps: migration is at the centre of contemporary political and academic debates. This ground-breaking Handbook offers an exciting and original analysis of critical research on themes such as these, drawing on cutting-edge theories from an interdisciplinary and international group of leading scholars. With a focus on spatial analysis and geographical context, this volume highlights a range of theoretical, methodological and regional approaches to migration research, while remaining attuned to the
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (Click here to view book)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    ISBN: 9781138488861 , 9780367345150
    Language: English
    Pages: xviii, 364 Seiten , Illustrationen , 25 cm
    Series Statement: Routledge studies in affective societies 3
    Series Statement: Routledge studies in affective societies
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Affective societies
    DDC: 152.4
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Affect (Psychology) Social aspects ; Emotions Sociological aspects ; Manners and customs ; Affect (Psychology) Social aspects ; Emotions Sociological aspects ; Cultural Characteristics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Sozialpsychologie ; Gesellschaft ; Affekt
    Note: Literaturangaben , Index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    London : Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group
    ISBN: 9781317224921
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 212 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Routledge contemporary Russia and Eastern Europe series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Soviet and post-soviet sexualities
    DDC: 306.760947
    Keywords: Sexual minorities ; Sexual minorities ; Homosexuality ; Homosexuality ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Gemeinschaft Unabhängiger Staaten ; Sexualität ; Minderheit
    Abstract: Cover -- Half Title -- Series Page -- Title Page -- Copyright Page -- Dedication -- Table of Contents -- List of Illustrations -- Figures -- Table -- Notes on Contributors -- Acknowledgements -- 1 Constructing Soviet and post-Soviet sexualities -- Introduction -- Constructing Soviet sexualities -- Constructing post-Soviet sexualities -- Notes -- References -- 2 'Why are we the people we are?' Early Soviet homosexuals from the first-person perspective: new sources on the history of homosexual identities in Russia -- Anonymous voices: the dominant discourses -- From decriminalisation to self-advocacy and back -- Acknowledgements -- Notes -- References -- 3 Between the labour camp and the clinic: tema or the shared forms of late Soviet homosexual subjectivities -- Concepts and methods -- Stigmatisation and the production of shared subjectivities -- Soviet homosexual subjectivities centred on language, irony and solidarity -- Acknowledgements -- Notes -- References -- 4 Soviet legal and criminological debates on the decriminalisation of homosexuality (1965-1975) -- The Soviet anti-sodomy law and Khrushchev's de-Stalinisation -- The Latvian case: attempts to criminalise lesbian sexual activity -- The legal argument for decriminalisation -- The MVD's objections to decriminalisation -- Conclusion -- Acknowledgements -- Notes -- References -- 5 A Cold War for the twenty-first century: Homosexualism vs. Heterosexualism -- Introduction -- Homosexualism -- Heterosexualism -- Boomerang -- Conclusion -- Acknowledgements -- Notes -- References -- 6 'That's not the only reason we love him': Chaikovsky reception in post-Soviet Russia -- Soviet nostalgia and post-Soviet erasure -- Chaikovsky on the Russian Internet: site of resistance or echo chamber? -- The uses of queer biography -- Notes -- References
    Abstract: 7 Identity, belonging and solidarity among Russian-speaking queer migrants in Berlin -- Introduction -- Methodology -- Queering migration and diaspora -- Homosexuality and homophobia in Vladimir Putin's Russia -- Queer migration: moving to Berlin -- Queer diaspora: renegotiating Russian-ness -- Conclusion -- Acknowledgements -- Notes -- References -- 8 'National anxiety' and homosexuality in post-Soviet Armenia: national identity through trauma and the memory of genocide and war -- Introduction -- Heteronormative constructions of Armenianness: theoretical considerations -- Externalising the LGBT 'Other' in Armenian collective identity -- Conclusion -- Notes -- References -- 9 Narratives of exclusion: observations on a youth-led LGBT rights group in Kyrgyzstan -- Introduction -- Gender, development and the NGO sector in Bishkek -- Lesbian, gay, bisexual and transgender (LGBT) rights in development -- The LGBT rights group in Bishkek -- The CEDAW shadow report -- Excluded from the 'mainstream'? -- Conclusion -- Notes -- References -- 10 Negotiating non-heteronormative identities in post-Soviet Belarus and Lithuania -- Introduction -- Framework of analysis -- Attitudes towards sexual minorities in post-Soviet Lithuania and Belarus -- Methodology -- 'Temporal' component of LGBT identity negotiations in post-Soviet Lithuania and Belarus -- Spatial dimensions of LGBT identification and belonging -- Multidimensionality of identity -- Conclusion -- Acknowledgement -- Notes -- References -- Index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    ISBN: 9780429058011
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xviii, 591 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Routledge handbooks in applied linguistics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The Routledge handbook of language in conflict
    DDC: 306.44
    RVK:
    Keywords: Discourse analysis Political aspects ; Language and international relations ; Written communication Political aspects ; Rhetoric Political aspects ; Press and propaganda ; Opposition (Linguistics) ; Critical discourse analysis ; Electronic books ; Diskursanalyse ; Konflikt
    Abstract: Introduction: the origins of the Routledge Handbook of Language in Conflict / Lesley Jeffries and Jim O'Driscoll -- Section 1: Text in conflict: 1. Introduction: textual choice and communication in conflict / Lesley Jeffries -- 2. Discursive (re)construction of the prelude to the 2003 Iraq War in op/ed pieces: dialectics of argument and rhetoric / Ahmed Sahlane -- 3. Stark choices and brutal simplicity: the blunt instrument of constructed opposition in news editorials / Matt Davies -- 4. Projecting your 'opponent''s views: linguistic negation and the potential for conflict / Lisa Nahajec -- 5. Ideological positioning in conflict: the United States and Egypt's domestic political trajectory / Gibreel Sadeq Alaghbary -- 6. Homosexuality in Latvian and Polish parliamentary debates 1994-2013: a historical approach to conflict in political discourse / Joanna Chojnicka -- 7. Conflict and categorisation: a corpus and discourse study of naming participants in forced migration / Charlotte Taylor -- 8. Hate speech: conceptualisations, interpretations and reactions / Sharon Millar -- Section 2: Interaction in conflict: 9. Introduction / Jim O'Driscoll -- 10. Conflict, disagreement and (im)politeness / Maria Sifianou -- 11. Offence and conflict talk / Michael Haugh and Valeria Sinkeviciute -- 12. Conflict interaction: insights from Conversation Analysis Phillip Glenn -- 13. Conflict in political discourse: conflict as congenital to political discourse / Petter Bull and Anne-Marie Simon-Vandenbergen -- 14. Discourse features of disputing in small claims hearings / Karen Tracy and Danielle M. Hodge -- 15. Leadership in conflict: disagreement and consensus negotiation in a start-up team / Christian J. Schmitt and Rosina Marquez-Reiter -- 16. Interaction and conflict in digital communication / Sage L. Graham -- Section 3: Languages in conflict: 17. Introduction: conflict with the stuff of language / Jim O'Driscoll -- 18. Ethnicity, conflict and language choice: the case of northern Ghana / Paul Kerswill and Edward Salifu Mahama -- 19. Language and conflict in the Mapuche context / Robbie Felix Penman -- 20. Linguistic Landscape as an arena of conflict: language removal, exclusion and ethnic identity construction in Lithuania / Irina Moore -- 21. 'You are shamed for speaking it or for not speaking it good enough': the paradoxical status of Spanish in the US Latino community / Pilar G. Blitvich -- 22. Hate crimes: language, vulnerability and conflict / Kamran Khan -- 23. Language ideologies in conflict at the workplace / Julia de Bres and Anne Franziskus -- Section 4: Linguistics in conflict: 24. Introduction: the potential for Linguistics to change conflict in the 'real' world / Lesley Jeffries -- 25. The value of linguistics in assessing potential threats in an airport setting / Dawn Archer, Cliff Lansley and Aaron Garner -- 26. Threatening contexts: an examination of threatening language from linguistic, legal and law enforcement perspectives / Tammy Gales -- 27. Talk in mediation: metaphors in acrimonious talk / Madeline M. Maxwell and Scott V. Anderson -- 28. Conflicts of policy and self-representation in the UK asylum process / Rachel Hanna -- 29. On agency, witnessing and surviving: interpreters in situations of violent conflict / Rebecca Tipton -- 30. The Irish language in Belfast: the role of a language in post-conflict resolution / Marcus Mac Coinnigh, Linda Ervine and Pol Deeds -- Afterword / Oliver Ramsbotham and Tom Woodhouse -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing | Imprint: Palgrave Pivot
    ISBN: 9783030012946
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (VIII, 152 p)
    Parallel Title: Printed edition
    Parallel Title: Printed edition
    DDC: 302.23
    RVK:
    Keywords: Communication ; Technology in literature ; Electronic books
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Full-text  ((OIS Credentials Required))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing | Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9783030194123
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XVIII, 160 p. 15 illus., 10 illus. in color)
    Parallel Title: Printed edition
    Parallel Title: Printed edition
    Parallel Title: Printed edition
    DDC: 306
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Quality of Life Research ; Sustainable architecture ; Gebäudeplanung ; Gesundheitsgefährdung ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Handbooks and manuals ; Electronic books ; Gebäudeplanung ; Gesundheitsgefährdung ; Nachhaltigkeit
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: FULL
    URL: Full text available: 2019.  (Available in OAPEN (Open Access Publishing in European Networks).)
    URL: Full-text  ((OIS Credentials Required))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    ISBN: 9781788972598
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (V, 196 Seiten)
    Series Statement: New horizons in leadership studies
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in leadership studies series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Beggan, James K. Sexual harassment, the abuse of power and the crisis of leadership
    DDC: 331.4133
    Keywords: Arbeitsplatz ; Weibliche Arbeitskräfte ; Sexuelle Belästigung ; Women Crimes against ; Prevention ; Leadership Moral and ethical aspects ; Corporate culture Moral and ethical aspects ; Sexual harassment ; Sexual harassment Prevention ; Electronic books ; Sexuelle Belästigung ; Prävention
    Abstract: Contents: 1. A socio-evolutionary approach to sexual harassment -- 2. A utility model of sexual approach -- 3. An evolutionary perspective on sexual harassment -- 4. A transactional analysis of sexual harassment -- 5. Sexual harassment as a social problem -- 6. The history of sexual harassment -- 7. Superstars, toxicity, and sexual harassment -- 8. Consensual relations and sexual harassment -- 9. Sexual harassment training through shaming -- 10. Sexual harassment and the future: Where do we go from here? -- Index.
    Abstract: Within these pages James K. Beggan puts forward a novel approach to understanding sexual harassment by high value superstars in the workplace. The approach integrates ideas derived from evolutionary theory, utility theory, sexual scripting theory and research on the regulation of emotion. Besides providing a better understanding of the phenomenon, the book aims to contribute to the development of better techniques to prevent sexual harassment. Recently, credible allegations of sexual misconduct against high profile figures have dominated the news. Sexual harassment has become an important issue for leaders and those who study leadership. The author presents a new approach to understanding sexual harassment in the #MeToo era that integrates research from a diverse range of areas typically ignored by researchers on sexual harassment. Ideas derived from this new approach are used to propose more effective methods for the elimination of sexual harassment in the workplace. The book also addresses how efforts to prevent sexual harassment may interfere with the free expression of sexuality and ultimately threaten the rights of the individual. Academics and journalists interested in understanding sexual harassment, including graduate students, and undergraduates enrolled in upper division specialized courses in gender relations will find this book to be innovative and informative
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788972994 , 1788972996
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (221 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Lütge, Christoph, 1969 - The ethics of competition
    Keywords: Wirtschaftsethik ; Wettbewerb ; Competition Social aspects ; Competition Moral and ethical aspects ; Business ethics ; Ethics ; Electronic booksELD ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaft ; Ethik
    Abstract: Front Matter; Copyright; Contents; Introduction; 1 Competition: Terminology and concepts; 2 The ethical role of competition; 3 Is life a see-saw? Zero-sum thinking and moderation; 4 Competition and ecology; 5 Competition and education; 6 Competition in health and nursing care; 7 Competition, politics, and media; 8 Competition in our daily lives; 9 Conclusion; Notes; References; Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    ISBN: 9781788973656
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 326 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Financial regulation and stability
    Keywords: Finanzmarktregulierung ; Wirtschaftspolitisches Ziel ; Preisstabilität ; Finanzkrise ; Theorie ; Welt ; Global Financial Crisis, 2008-2009 ; Electronic books ; Kapitalmarkt ; Regulierung ; Finanzkrise ; Finanzwirtschaft
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction By Charles A. E. Goodhart and Dimitrios P. Tsomocos -- 2. "Principles for Macroprudential Regulation", (A.K. Kashyap, D.P. Tsomocos and A.P. Vardoulakis), Banque de France Financial Stability Review, No.18, pp. 173-182, April -- 3. "The Macroprudential Toolkit", (R. Berner, A. Kashyap and C.A.E. Goodhart), I.M.F. Economic Review, Vol. 59, No 2, 2011 -- 4. "Financial Regulation in General Equilibrium", (C.A.E. Goodhart, A.K. Kashyap, D.P. Tsomocos and A.P. Vardoulakis), NBER WP17909, University of Oxford, Said Business School, 2011 -- 5. "An Integrated Framework for Multiple Financial Regulations", (C.A.E.Goodhart, A.K. Kashyap, D.P. Tsomocos and A.P. Vardoulakis), International Journal of Central Banking, Vol. 9, Supplement 1, pp.109-143, 2013 -- 6. "The Lender of Last Resort in a General Equilibrium Framework", (Akshay Kotak, Han Ozsoylev and D.P.Tsomocos) Saïd Business School WP 2017-18 -- 7. "A Reconsideration of Minsky's Financial Instability Hypothesis", (with S. Bhattacharya, C.A.E. Goodhart and A.P.Vardoulakis), Journal of Money, Credit and Banking, Volume 47, Issue 5, pages 931{973, August 2015 -- 8. "Liquidity and default in an exchange economy", (Juan Francisco Martinez S. and -- D.P. Tsomocos), Journal of Financial Stability, In press, 2016 -- 9. "Monetary Transaction Costs and the Term Premium", (R. Espinoza and D. P. Tsomocos), Economic Theory 59(2), pp 355-375, June 2015 -- 10. "Debt Defation Effects of Monetary Policy", (Li Lin, D.P. Tsomocos and Alexandros Vardoulakis), Journal of Financial Stability 21 (2015): 81-94, also appeared as Federal Reserve Board Staff Working Paper (2014-37), May, 2014 -- 11. "International Monetary Equilibrium with Default", (M.U. Peiris and D. P. Tsomocos), Journal of Mathematical Economics 56, pp 47-57, 2015 -- 12. "Global Capital Imbalances and Taxing Capital Flows", (C.A.E. Goodhart, M.U. Peiris and D.P. Tsomocos), International Journal of Central Banking, Vol. 9, Number 2, pp.13-45, 2013 -- 13. "International Monetary Regimes", (C.A.E. Goodhart and D.P. Tsomocos), Capitalism and Society, Vol. 9, No. 2, Article 2, 2014 -- 14. "Debt, Recovery Rates and the Greek Dilemma", (C.A.E. Goodhart and M.U. Peiris and D.P. Tsomocos), Journal of Financial Stability, forthcoming -- Index.
    Abstract: Charles Goodhart and Dimitrios P. Tsomocos examine the interaction of monetary and regulatory policy to achieve the important goals of price and financial stability. Their focus is on the relationship between liquidity and default in the post-crisis context, with special emphasis on macroprudential regulation. Exploring how financial stability can be continually assessed and measured, Financial Regulation and Stability discusses the interrelationships between liquidity and default. Without default there would be no concern about liquidity. But the financial crisis was not just a liquidity problem, it requires a general equilibrium model. The authors' model delineates all the potential interrelationships between the real and financial sectors of the economy, with special emphasis on the interaction between liquidity and default. Economists and central bankers will greatly benefit from the practical advice offered in this book to aid financial stability. Advanced students of financial economics will also find this a vital read to understand the consequences of the 2007-8 financial crisis in more depth and the lessons to be learnt
    Note: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788118606 , 178811860X
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 475 Seiten)
    Edition: Third edition
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The handbook of globalisation
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Globalisierung ; Internationale Wirtschaftsbeziehungen ; Multinationales Unternehmen ; Internationale Wirtschaft ; Sozialstandards ; Internationale Wirtschaftsorganisation ; Global Governance ; Welt ; International economic relations ; Globalization ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Globalisierung ; Globalisierung ; Multinationales Unternehmen ; Arbeitsbedingungen ; Governance ; Internationale Wirtschaftsorganisation ; Weltwirtschaft
    Abstract: Contents: The handbook of globalisation: introduction and overview / Jonathan Michie -- Part I: Globalisation in Question? -- 1. The future of globalisation / Paul Hirst and Grahame Thompson -- 2. Financial globalization?: history, conditions and prospects / Grahame Thompson -- 3. The scope and implications of globalisation / Jonathan Perraton -- 4. Measures of globalisation and their misinterpretation / Bob Sutcliffe and Andrew Glyn -- Part II: Analysing The global economy -- 5. Innovation and globalisation: a systems of innovation perspective / Jeremy Howells -- 6. The international debt crisis / Gary Dymski -- 7. The multiplicity of distributional outcomes across the world: diversities of fundamentals or countries getting the inequality they deserve? / José Gabriel Palma -- Part III: Transnational corporations -- 8. The role of transnational corporations in the globalisation process / Grazia Ietto-Gillies -- 9. The role and control of multinational corporations in the world economy / Gerald Epstein -- 10. Foreign direct investment and development from a gender perspective / Elissa Braunstein -- Part IV: Labour standards -- 11. The minimum wage in a global context / Peter Brosnan -- 12. Globalisation, labour standards and economic development / Ajit Singh and Ann Zammit -- 13. Global labor standards: their impact and implementation / James Heintz -- Part V: Europe and North America -- 14. Productivity and competition from a global point of view / Joseph Plasmans -- 15. European integration and the 'Euro project' / Philip Arestis and Malcolm Sawyer -- 16. North American free trade: history, structure and prospects / Jim Stanford -- 17. The low road to competitive failure: immigrant labour and emigrant jobs in the US / Charles Craypo and Frank Wilkinson -- Part VI: Governance -- 18. Governance in a globalised world / Richard Woodward -- 19. Global governance / Mathias Koenig-Archibugi -- 20. The political economy of the third way: the relationship between globalisation and national economic policy / Simon Lee -- Part VII: International economic institutions -- 21. The WTO and its GATS / Scott Sinclair -- 22. The international monetary fund and the World Bank / John Toye -- 23. A new 'Bretton woods' system? / Mića Panić -- Part VIII: Policy implications and responses -- 24. Kicking away the ladder - globalisation and economic development in historical perspective / Ha-Joon Chang -- 25. Time to replace globalisation with localisation / Colin Hines -- 26. Free trade or social tariffs? / George DeMartino -- 27. Global inequality and the global financial crisis: the new transmission mechanism / Photis Lysandrou -- 28. The great crash of 2008 and the reform of economics / Geoffrey M. Hodgson -- Index.
    Abstract: The past 30 years are often depicted as an era of globalisation, and even more so with the recent rise of global giants such as Google and Amazon. This updated and revised edition of The Handbook of Globalisation offers novel insights into the rapid changes our world is facing, and how best we can handle them. With multi-disciplinary contributions from leading experts, this Handbook covers a broad spectrum of issues and opportunities surrounding modern globalisation. It explores the idea that globalisation is not new, natural or inevitable, but rather that current global arrangements are the result of corporate pressure and the choices of politicians. It highlights the fact that the deregulated, free market form of globalisation is not unavoidable and explores a new era of global co-operation based around a Green New Deal. It also considers the future of globalisation in the face of the Trump presidency, Brexit and the move towards more state-centred policies. This Handbook continues to be a vital resource for scholars, students and researchers of economics, international relations, and business and management who wish to gain a more in-depth understanding of globalisation from a variety of different disciplines. Politicians and policy makers will also benefit from the advice offered to avoid some of the increasingly negative impacts of our globalising world
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788112192
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 359
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Teaching college economics
    Keywords: Wirtschaftsstudium ; Wirtschaftspädagogik ; Wirtschaftswissenschaft ; Hochschullehre ; Didaktik ; Studierende ; Economics Study and teaching ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. George J. Stigler (1970), 'The Case, if Any, for Economic Literacy', Journal of Economic Education, 1 (2), Spring, 77-84 -- 2. Michael K. Salemi and John J. Siegfried (1999), 'The State of Economic Education', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 89 (2), May, 355-61 -- 3. David Colander (2004), 'The Art of Teaching Economics', International Review of Economics Education, 3 (1), 63-76 -- 4. John J. Siegfried and Rendigs Fels (1979), 'Research on Teaching College Economics: A Survey', Journal of Economic Literature, XVII (3), September, 923-69 -- 5. William E. Becker (1997), 'Teaching Economics to Undergraduates', Journal of Economic Literature, XXXV (3), September, 1347-73 -- 6. Sam Allgood, William B. Walstad and John J. Siegfried (2015), 'Research on Teaching Economics to Undergraduates', Journal of Economic Literature, 53 (2), June, 285-325 -- 7. William B. Walstad (1987), 'Measurement Instruments', in William E. Becker and William B. Walstad (eds), Econometric Modeling in Economic Education Research, Chapter 5, Boston, MA, USA: Kluwer-Nijhoff Publishing, 73-98 -- 8. William B. Walstad and Ken Rebeck (2008), 'The Test of Understanding of College Economics', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 98 (2), May, 547-51 -- 9. William B. Walstad and Jamie Wagner (2016), 'The Disaggregation of Value-Added Test Scores to Assess Learning Outcomes in Economics Courses', Journal of Economic Education, 47 (2), 121-31 -- 10. John C. Soper and William B. Walstad (1983), 'On Measuring Economic Attitudes', Journal of Economic Education, 14 (4), Fall, 4-17 -- 11. Dale Van Metre (1976), 'A Learning Theory for Economics Instructional Development', Journal of Economic Education, 7 (2), Spring, 95-103 -- 12. William E. Becker, Jr. (1983), 'Economic Education Research: Part I, Issues and Questions', Journal of Economic Education, 14 (1), Winter, 10-17 -- 13. William E. Becker, Jr. (1983), 'Economic Education Research: Part II, New Directions in Theoretical Model Building', Journal of Economic Education, 14 (2), Spring, 4-10 -- 14. William E. Becker, Jr. (1983), 'Economic Education Research: Part III, Statistical Estimation Methods', Journal of Economic Education, 14 (3), Summer, 4-15 -- 15. William E. Becker, Jr. (1982), 'The Educational Process and Student Achievement Given Uncertainty in Measurement', American Economic Review, 72 (1), March, 229-36 -- 16. William E. Becker and William B. Walstad (1987), 'Statistical Methods in Economic Education Research', in Econometric Modeling in Economic Education Research, Chapter 1, Boston, MA, USA: Kluwer-Nijhoff Publishing, 1-17 -- 17. William E. Becker and William B. Walstad (1990), 'Data Loss from Pretest to Posttest as a Sample Selection Problem', Review of Economics and Statistics, 72 (1), February 184-88 -- 18. Nan L. Maxwell and Jane S. Lopus (1994), 'The Lake Wobegon Effect in Student Self-Reported Data', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 84 (2), May, 201-5 -- 19. Phillip Saunders and Arthur L. Welsh (1998), 'Lectures as an Instructional Method', in William B. Walstad and Phillip Saunders (eds), Teaching Undergraduate Economics: A Handbook for Instructors, Chapter 12, New York, NY, USA: Irwin McGraw Hill, 167-83
    Abstract: 20. Alan Green (2014), 'The Case for the Traditional Classroom', International Review of Economics Education, 16 (B), May, 87-99 -- 21. Scott Simkins and Mark Maier (2009), 'Using Pedagogical Change to Improve Student Learning in the Economics Major', in David Colander and KimMarie McGoldrick (eds), Educating Economists: The Teagle Discussion on Re-evaluating the Undergraduate Economics Major, Part 3, Chapter 8, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar Publishing, 83-91 -- 22. Mark H. Maier, KimMarie McGoldrick and Scott P. Simkins (2012), 'Starting Point: Pedagogic Resources for Teaching and Learning Economics', Journal of Economic Education, 43 (2), 215-20 -- 23. William E. Becker and Michael Watts (1996), 'Chalk and Talk: A National Survey on Teaching Undergraduate Economics', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 86 (2), May, 448-53 -- 24. William B. Walstad (2010), 'Findings from a Teaching Innovation Program for Economics Faculty', in Michael K. Salemi and William B. Walstad (eds), Teaching Innovations in Economics: Strategies and Applications for Interactive Instruction, Chapter 11, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar Publishing, 243-61 -- 25. Yvonne Durham, Thomas McKinnon and Craig Schulman (2007), 'Classroom Experiments: Not Just Fun and Games', Economic Inquiry, 45 (1), January, 162-78 -- 26. Tisha L. N. Emerson and Linda K. English (2016), 'Classroom Experiments: Teaching Specific Topics or Promoting the Economic Way of Thinking?', Journal of Economic Education, 47 (4), 288-99 -- 27. Rita A. Balaban, Donna B. Gilleskie and Uyen Tran (2016), 'A Quantitative Evaluation of the Flipped Classroom in a Large Lecture Principles of Economics Course', Journal of Economic Education, 47 (4), 269-87 -- 28. Neal H. Olitsky and Sarah B. Cosgrove (2016), 'The Better Blend? Flipping the Principles of Microeconomics Classroom', International Review of Economics Education, 21, January, 1-11 -- 29. Tisha L. N. Emerson, Linda K. English and KimMarie McGoldrick (2015), 'Evaluating the Cooperative Component in Cooperative Learning: A Quasi-Experimental Study', Journal of Economic Education, 46 (1), 1-13 -- 30. Paul L. Hettler (2015), 'Student Demographics and the Impact of Team-Based Learning', International Advances in Economic Research, 21 (4), November, 413-22 -- 31. KimMarie McGoldrick and Peter W. Schuhmann (2016), 'The Impact of Challenge Quizzes on Student Knowledge', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 106 (5), May, 373-77 -- 32. William Lee, Richard H. Courtney and Steven J. Balassi (2010), 'Do Online Homework Tools Improve Student Results in Principles of Microeconomics Courses?', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 100 (2), May, 283-86 -- 33. Trien Nguyen and Angela Trimarchi (2010), 'Active Learning in Introductory Economics: Do MyEconLab and Aplia Make Any Difference?', International Journal for the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning, 4 (1), 1-18 -- 34. Elisabeth Allison (1975), 'Self-Paced Instruction: A Review', Journal of Economic Education, 7 (1), Fall, 5-12 -- 35. Kim P. Huynh, David T. Jacho-Chávez and James K. Self (2010), 'The Efficacy of Collaborative Learning Recitation Sessions on Student Outcomes', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 100 (2), May, 287-91 -- 36. Vincent G. Munley, Eoghan Garvey and Michael J. McConnell (2010), 'The Effectiveness of Peer Tutoring on Student Achievement at the University Level', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 100 (2), May, 277-82 -- 37. Paul W. Grimes and Paul S. Nelson (1998), 'The Social Issues Pedagogy vs. the Traditional Principles of Economics: An Empirical Examination', American Economist, 42 (1), Spring, 56-64 -- 38. Donna B. Gilleskie and Michael K. Salemi (2012), 'The Cost of Economic Literacy: How Well Does a Literacy-Targeted Principles of Economics Course Prepare Students for Intermediate Theory Courses?', Journal of Economic Education, 43 (2), 111-32
    Abstract: 39. Aaron Swoboda and Lauren Feiler (2016), 'Measuring the Effect of Blended Learning: Evidence from a Selective Liberal Arts College', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 106 (5), May, 368-72 -- 40. Carlos J. Asarta and James R. Schmidt (2017), 'Comparing Student Performance in Blended and Traditional Courses: Does Prior Academic Achievement Matter?', The Internet and Higher Education, 32, January, 29-38 -- 41. Campbell R. McConnell (1968), 'An Experiment with Television in the Elementary Course', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 58 (2), May, 469-82 -- 42. Elisabeth K. Allison (1976), 'The Use of Video in Economic Education', Journal of Economic Education, 8 (1), Fall, 27-36 -- 43. Paul W. Grimes, Timothy L. Krehbiel, Joyce E. Nielsen and James F. Niss, (1989), 'The Effectiveness of Economics U$A on Learning and Attitudes', Journal of Economic Education, 20 (2), Spring, 139-52 -- 44. Caroline Elliott and David Neal (2016), 'Evaluating the Use of Lecture Capture Using a Revealed Preference Approach', Active Learning in Higher Education, 17 (2), July, 153-67 -- 45. Donald W. Paden, Bruce R. Dalgaard and Michael D. Barr (1977), 'A Decade of Computer-Assisted Instruction', Journal of Economic Education, 9 (1), Fall, 14-20 -- 46. James W. Marlin, Jr. and James F. Niss (1982), 'The Advanced Learning System, a Computer-managed, Self-paced System of Instruction: An Application in Principles of Economics', Journal of Economic Education, 13 (2), Summer, 26-39 -- 47. Paul W. Grimes and Margaret A. Ray (1993), 'Economics: Microcomputers in the College Classroom - A Review of the Academic Literature', Social Science Computer Review, 11 (4), Winter, 452-63 -- 48. Peter Navarro (2015), 'How Economics Faculty Can Survive (and Perhaps Thrive) in a Brave New Online World', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 29 (4), Fall, 155-75 -- 49. Byron W. Brown and Carl E. Liedholm (2002), 'Can Web Courses Replace the Classroom in Principles of Microeconomics?', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 92 (2), May, 444-48 -- 50. Dennis Coates, Brad R. Humphreys, John Kane and Michelle A. Vachris (2004), '"No Significant Distance" between Face-to-Face and Online Instruction: Evidence from Principles of Economics', Economics of Education Review, 23 (5), October, 533-46 -- 51. Abhijit V. Banerjee and Esther Duflo (2014), '(Dis)Organization and Success in an Economics MOOC', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 104 (5), May, 514-18 -- 52. Rebecca Moryl (2013), 'T-Shirts, Moonshine, and Autopsies: Using Podcasts to Engage Undergraduate Microeconomics Students', International Review of Economics Education, 13, May, 67-74 -- 53. Abdullah Al-Bahrani, Darshak Patel and Brandon Sheridan (2015), 'Engaging Students Using Social Media: The Students' Perspective', International Review of Economics Education, 19, May, 36-50 -- 54. Peter W. Schuhmann, KimMarie McGoldrick and Robert T. Burrus (2005), 'Student Quantitative Literacy: Importance, Measurement, and Correlation with Economic Literacy', American Economist, 49 (1), Spring, 49-65 -- 55. William Bosshardt (2004), 'Student Drops and Failure in Principles Courses', Journal of Economic Education, 35 (2), Spring, 111-28 -- 56. Carlos Dobkin, Ricard Gil and Justin Marion (2010), 'Skipping Class in College and Exam Performance: Evidence from a Regression Discontinuity Classroom Experiment', Economics of Education Review, 29 (4), August, 566-75 -- 57. Joe Kerkvliet (1994), 'Cheating by Economics Students: A Comparison of Survey Results', Journal of Economic Education, 25 (2), Spring, 121-33
    Abstract: 58. Wayne A. Grove and Tim Wasserman (2006), 'Incentives and Student Learning: A Natural Experiment with Economics Problem Sets', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 96 (2), May, 447-52 -- 59. William B. Walstad and Denise Robson (1997), 'Differential Item Functioning and Male-Female Differences on Multiple-Choice Tests in Economics', Journal of Economic Education, 28 (2), Spring, 155-71 -- 60. Elizabeth J. Jensen and Ann L. Owen (2000), 'Why Are Women Such Reluctant Economists? Evidence from Liberal Arts Colleges', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 90 (2), May, 466-70 -- 61. Sue K. Stockly (2009), 'Is Race a Determinant of Student Performance in Economics?', Review of Black Political Economy, 36 (3-4), December-January, 181-95 -- 62. Andrea L. Ziegert (2000), 'The Role of Personality Temperament and Student Learning in Principles of Economics: Further Evidence', Journal of Economic Education, 31 (4), Fall, 307-22 -- 63. Paul W. Grimes (2002), 'The Overconfident Principles of Economics Student: An Examination of a Metacognitive Skill', Journal of Economic Education, 33 (1), Winter, 15-30 -- 64. Lester Hadsell (2010), 'Achievement Goals, Locus of Control, and Academic Success in Economics', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 100 (2), May, 272-76 -- 65. Mary Ellen Benedict and John Hoag (2002), 'Who's Afraid of Their Economics Classes? Why Are Students Apprehensive about Introductory Economics Courses? An Empirical Investigation', American Economist, 46 (2), Fall, 31-44 -- 66. Paul W. Grimes, Meghan J. Millea and Thomas W. Woodruff (2004), 'Grades - Who's to Blame? Student Evaluation of Teaching and Locus of Control', Journal of Economic Education, 35 (2), Spring, 129-47 -- 67. Florian Hoffmann and Philip Oreopoulos (2009), 'Professor Qualities and Student Achievement', Review of Economics and Statistics, 91 (1), February, 83-92 -- 68. Eric P. Bettinger and Bridget Terry Long (2005), 'Do Faculty Serve as Role Models? The Impact of Instructor Gender on Female Students', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 95 (2), May, 152-57 -- 69. William B. Walstad and William E. Becker (2010), 'Preparing Graduate Students in Economics for Teaching: Survey Findings and Recommendations', Journal of Economic Education, 41 (2), 202-10 -- 70. Georg Schaur, Michael Watts and William E. Becker (2008), 'Assessment Practices and Trends in Undergraduate Economics Courses', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 98 (2), May, 552-56 -- 71. Sam Allgood and William B. Walstad (2013), 'How Economists Allocate Time to Teaching and Research', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 103 (3), May, 654-58 -- 72. William B. Walstad and Ken Rebeck (2002), 'Assessing the Economic Knowledge and Economic Opinions of Adults', Quarterly Review of Economics and Finance, 42 (5), 921-35 -- 73. Sam Allgood, William Bosshardt, Wilbert van der Klaauw and Michael Watts (2011), 'Economics Coursework and Long-Term Behavior and Experiences of College Graduates in Labor Markets and Personal Finance', Economic Inquiry, 49 (3), July, 771-94
    Abstract: This authoritative literature review discusses a collection of classic and contemporary research articles examining the common ground that all academic economists share: the college classroom. The study analyses readings by leading authors covering all aspects of modern economic education research - from building theoretical models of student learning, to evaluating the long-run impact of economic knowledge on individual behavior. Specific attention is given to the growing literature that evaluates the effectiveness of modern technology and alternative pedagogies on student learning of economics. Written by an expert in the field, this review serves as a comprehensive guide for researchers who are interested in conducting classroom research
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781786439116 , 1786439115
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 361
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Sustainability economics
    DDC: 333.7
    Keywords: Nachhaltige Entwicklung ; Theorie ; Messung ; Kosten-Nutzen-Analyse ; Generationengerechtigkeit ; Umweltschutz ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Nachhaltige Entwicklung ; Theorie ; Messung ; Kosten-Nutzen-Analyse ; Generationengerechtigkeit ; Umweltschutz ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Environmental economics ; Sustainable development ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Wirtschaftswachstum
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Kenneth E. Boulding (1966), 'The Economics of the Coming Spaceship Earth', in Henry Jarrett (ed.), Environmental Quality In a Growing Economy, Chapter One, Baltimore, MD, USA and London, UK: Johns Hopkins Press, 3-14 -- 2. Herman E. Daly (1974), 'The Economics of the Steady State', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 64 (2), May, 15-21 -- 3. David Pearce (1976), 'The Limits of Cost-Benefit Analysis as a Guide to Environmental Policy', Kyklos, 29 (1), January, 97-111 -- 4. Gro Harlem Brundtland (1985), 'World Commission on Environment and Development - Statements of the Chairman', Environmental Policy and Law, 14 (1), March, 26-30 -- 5. Mick Common and Charles Perrings (1992), 'Towards an Ecological Economics of Sustainability', Ecological Economics, 6 (1), July, 7-34 -- 6. Robert U. Ayres (2008), 'Sustainability Economics: Where Do We Stand?', Ecological Economics, 67 (2), September, 281-310 -- 7. Partha Dasgupta and Geoffrey Heal (1974), 'The Optimal Depletion of Exhaustible Resources', Review of Economic Studies: Symposium on the Economics of Exhaustible Resources, 41 (5), December, 3-28 -- 8. R. M. Solow (1974), 'Intergenerational Equity and Exhaustible Resources', Review of Economic Studies: Symposium on the Economics of Exhaustible Resources, 41 (5), December, 29-45 -- 9. John M. Hartwick (1977), 'Intergenerational Equity and the Investing of Rents from Exhaustible Resources', American Economic Review, 67 (5), December, 972-74 -- 10. Robert M. Solow (1986), 'On the Intergenerational Allocation of Natural Resources', Scandinavian Journal of Economics: Growth and Distribution: Intergenerational Problems, 88 (1), March, 141-49 -- 11. John Pezzey (1992), 'Sustainability: An Interdisciplinary Guide', Environmental Values, 1 (4), Winter, 321-62 -- 12. Partha Dasgupta and Karl-Göran Mäler (2000), 'Net National Product, Wealth, and Social Well-Being', Environment and Development Economics, 5 (1), February, 69-93 -- 13. Kirk Hamilton and John M. Hartwick (2005), 'Investing Exhaustible Resource Rents and the Path of Consumption', Canadian Journal of Economics, 38 (2), May, 615-21 -- 14. Kirk Hamilton and Cees Withagen (2007), 'Savings Growth and the Path of Utility', Canadian Journal of Economics, 40 (2), May, 703-13 -- 15. Martin L. Weitzman (1976), 'On the Welfare Significance of National Product in a Dynamic Economy', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 90 (1), February, 156-62 -- 16. John M. Hartwick (1990), 'Natural Resources, National Accounting and Economic Depreciation', Journal of Public Economics, 43 (3), December, 291-304 -- 17. David W. Pearce and Giles D. Atkinson (1993), 'Capital Theory and the Measurement of Sustainable Development: An Indicator of "Weak" Sustainability', Ecological Economics, 8 (2), October, 103-8 -- 18. Kirk Hamilton and Michael Clemens (1999), 'Genuine Savings Rates in Developing Countries', World Bank Economic Review, 13 (2), May, 333-56 -- 19. Kenneth J. Arrow, Partha Dasgupta, Lawrence H. Goulder, Kevin J. Mumford and Kirsten Oleson (2012), 'Sustainability and the Measurement of Wealth', Environment and Development Economics, 17 (3), June, 317-53
    Abstract: 20. Elena G. Irwin, Sathya Gopalakrishnan and Alan Randall (2016), 'Welfare, Wealth, and Sustainability', Annual Review of Resource Economics, 8, October, 77-98 -- 21. Brian Walker, Leonie Pearson, Michael Harris, Karl-Göran Mäler, Chuan-Zhong Li, Reinette Biggs and Tim Baynes (2010), 'Incorporating Resilience in the Assessment of Inclusive Wealth: An Example from South East Australia', Environmental and Resource Economics, 45 (2), February, 183-202 -- 22. James Boyd and Spencer Banzhaf (2007), 'What Are Ecosystem Services? The Need for Standardized Environmental Accounting Units', Ecological Economics, 63 (2-3), August, 616-26 -- 23. Ian J. Bateman, Georgina M. Mace, Carlo Fezzi, Giles Atkinson and Kerry Turner (2011), 'Economic Analysis for Ecosystem Service Assessments', Environmental and Resource Economics, 48 (2), February, 177-218 -- 24. Brendan Fisher, R. Kerry Turner and Paul Morling (2009), 'Defining and Classifying Ecosystem Services for Decision Making', Ecological Economics, 68 (3), January, 643-53 -- 25. Eli P. Fenichel and Joshua K. Abbott (2014), 'Natural Capital: From Metaphor to Measurement', Journal of the Association of Environmental and Resource Economists, 1 (1-2), Spring-Summer, 1-27 -- 26. Mathis Wackernagel, Larry Onisto, Patricia Bello, Alejandro Callejas Linares, Ina Susana López Falfán, Jesus Méndez García, Ana Isabel Suárez Guerrero and Ma. Guadalupe Suárez Guerrero (1999), 'National Natural Capital Accounting with the Ecological Footprint Concept', Ecological Economics, 29 (3), June, 375-90 -- 27. E. B. Barbier, A. Markandya and D. W. Pearce (1990), 'Environmental Sustainability and Cost-Benefit Analysis', Environment and Planning A, 22 (9), September, 1259-66 -- 28. Giles Atkinson and Susana Mourato (2008), 'Environmental Cost-Benefit Analysis', Annual Review of Environment and Resources, 33, November, 317-44 -- 29. Richard T. Carson (2012), 'Contingent Valuation: A Practical Alternative when Prices Aren't Available', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 26 (4), Fall, 27-42 -- 30. Anil Markandya and David W. Pearce (1991), 'Development, the Environment, and the Social Rate of Discount', World Bank Research Observer, 6 (2), July, 137-52 -- 31. Partha Dasgupta (2008), 'Discounting Climate Change', Journal of Risk and Uncertainty, 37 (2-3), December, 141-69 -- 32. Nicholas Stern (2014), 'Ethics, Equity and the Economics of Climate Change - Paper 2: Economics and Politics', Economics and Philosophy, 30 (3), November, 445-501 -- 33. Robert S. Pindyck (2007), 'Uncertainty in Environmental Economics', Review of Environmental Economics and Policy, 1 (1), Winter, 45-65 -- 34. Martin L. Weitzman (2009), 'On Modeling and Interpreting the Economics of Catastrophic Climate Change', Review of Economics and Statistics, XCI (1), February, 1-19 -- 35. Geoffrey Heal and Antony Millner (2014), 'Reflections: Uncertainty and Decision Making in Climate Change Economics', Review of Environmental Economics and Policy, 8 (1), Winter, 120-37 -- 36. John Luke Gallup, Jeffrey D. Sachs and Andrew D. Mellinger (1999), 'Geography and Economic Development', International Regional Science Review, 22 (2), August, 179-223, 225-232 -- 37. Melissa Dell, Benjamin F. Jones and Benjamin A. Olken (2012), 'Temperature Shocks and Economic Growth: Evidence from the Last Half Century', American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, 4 (3), July, 66-95 -- 38. Jeffrey D. Sachs and Andrew M. Warner (2001), 'The Curse of Natural Resources', European Economic Review, 45 (4-6), May, 827-38
    Abstract: 39. Christa N. Brunnschweiler and Erwin H. Bulte (2008), 'The Resource Curse Revisited and Revised: A Tale of Paradoxes and Red Herrings', Journal of Environmental Economics and Management, 55 (3), May, 248-64 -- 40. David I. Stern (2004), 'The Rise and Fall of the Environmental Kuznets Curve', World Development, 32 (8), August, 1419-39 -- 41. Joan Martínez-Alier, Unai Pascual, Franck-Dominique Vivien and Edwin Zaccai (2010), 'Sustainable De-Growth: Mapping the Context, Criticisms and Future Prospects of an Emergent Paradigm', Ecological Economics, 69 (9), July, 1741-47 -- 42. Alex Bowen and Samuel Fankhauser (2011), 'The Green Growth Narrative: Paradigm Shift or Just Spin?', Global Environmental Change, 21 (4), October, 1157-59 -- 43. Michael E. Porter and Claas van der Linde (1995), 'Toward a New Conception of the Environment-Competitiveness Relationship', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 9 (4), Fall, 97-118
    Abstract: The unprecedented advances in economic development witnessed over the past decades cannot continue if economic progress comes at the expense of the natural environment. The Sustainable Development Goals, agreed globally in 2015, define a vision of human development where economic, social and environmental domains interact to shape the prospects for future prosperity. This timely literature review highlights the contribution of economics to the study of sustainable development. It discusses some of the most influential articles on the topic by economists over the past fifty years. Environmental sustainability, an inherently interdisciplinary topic, is analysed from the perspectives of applied microeconomics, environmental and resource economics, ecological economics, development economics and public economics. Written by two subject experts, this research review is indispensable for anyone interested or working in the field
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    ISBN: 9781788118958
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 343 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Infrastructure (Economics) ; Corporate governance ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Who owns, runs and pays for city infrastructure? -- 2. Financialising city infrastructure and governance -- 3. Towards city statecraft -- 4. City infrastructure provision and geographical inequalities in the UK's centralised state -- 5. Deal or no deal? Austerity, decentralisation and the city deals -- 6. Sell, hold or buy? Privatising, managing, owning, and acquiring city infrastructure assets -- 7. Fixing urban infrastructure in the London global city-region, undermining the rest of the UK? -- 8. Conclusions -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: Infrastructure systems provide the services we all rely upon for our day-to-day lives. Through new conceptual work and fresh empirical analysis, this book investigates how financialisation engages with city governance and infrastructure provision, identifying its wider and longer-term implications for urban and regional development, politics and policy. Proposing a more people-oriented approach to answering the question of 'What kind of urban infrastructure, and for whom?', this book addresses the struggles of national and local governments to fund, finance and govern urban infrastructure. It develops new insights to explain the socially and spatially uneven mixing of managerial, entrepreneurial and financialised city governance in austerity and limited decentralisation across England. As urban infrastructure fixes for the London global city-region risk undermining national 'rebalancing' efforts in the UK, city statecraft in the rest of the country is having uneasily to combine speculation, risk-taking and prospective venturing with co-ordination, planning and regulation. This book will be of interest to researchers and scholars in the fields of business and management, economics, geography, planning, and political science. Its conclusions will be valuable to policymakers and practitioners in both the public and private sectors seeking insights into the intersections of financialisation, decentralisation and austerity in the UK, Europe and globally
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 1788110684 , 9781788110686
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (viii, 520 Seiten)
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on green growth
    DDC: 333.7
    Keywords: Nachhaltige Entwicklung ; Klimaschutz ; Umweltschutz ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Systemtransformation ; Welt ; Economic development Environmental aspects ; Environmental economics ; Green movement ; Sustainable development ; Environmental policy ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Umweltökonomie ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Nachhaltigkeit
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction Roger Fouquet -- Part I. The growth strategy -- 1. Policies for green growth versus policies for no growth: A matter of timing / Richard G. Lipsey -- 2. The limits to green growth / Peter A. Victor and Martin Sers -- 3. Green "agrowth" - the next development stage of rich countries / Jeroen C.J.M. van den Bergh and Stefan Drews -- Part II. The potential for green growth and its impacts -- 4. Path-dependence, innovation and the economics of climate change / Philippe Aghion, Cameron Hepburn, Alex Teytelboym and Dimitri Zenghelis -- 5. Long-term productivity growth and the environment / Alex Bowen -- 6. The challenge of decoupling economic expansion and environmentally damaging energy uses: Can energy efficiency actions deliver cleaner economic expansion? / Karen Turner and Antonios Katris -- 7. Targeted technology strategies for low-carbon economic growth: Linking bottom-up and top-down assessments / Ian Sue Wing and Govinda Timilsina -- 8. Inclusive labour markets for green growth / Alex Bowen -- Part III. The drivers of green growth -- 9. Growth, structural transformation, and the new global agenda: What this means for China and the world / Ehtisham Ahmad, Isabella Neuweg and Nicholas Stern -- 10. Climate change policy, innovation and growth / Antoine Dechezleprêtre, Ralf Martin and Samuela Bassi -- 11. Financing green growth / Gregor Semieniuk and Mariana Mazzucato -- 12. Green startups and local knowledge bases: Newborn suppliers of energy-related technologies in Italian provinces / Alessandra Colombelli and Francesco Quatraro -- 13. Addressing the political economy of green industrial policy with economic geography / Maria Carvalho -- Part IV. Green transformations -- 14. The green growth economy as an engine of development: The case of China / John A. Matthews -- 15. Green growth in South Korea / Jae-Seung Lee -- 16. Reforming energy policy in India: Assessing the options / Ian Parry, Victor Mylonas and Nate Vernon -- 17. Green transformations and state bureaucracy in the global south / Markus Lederer, Linda Wallbott and Frauke Urban -- 18. Economic transformation and green growth for African economies / Russel Bishop and Milan Brahmbhatt -- Part V. Beyond green growth -- 19. Transitioning to smart green growth: Lessons from history / Carlota Perez -- 20. The invisible hand and the weightless economy / Danny Quah -- 21. The transition from a fossil-fuel economy to a knowledge economy / Roger Fouquet and Ralph Hippe -- Index.
    Abstract: Economies around the world have arrived at a critical juncture: to continue to grow fuelled by fossil fuels and exacerbate climate change, or to move towards more sustainable, greener, growth. Choosing the latter is shown to help address climate change, as well as present new economic opportunities. This Handbook provides a deeper understanding of the concept of green growth, and highlights key lessons from the experience of green transformations across the world following a decade of ambitious stimulus packages and green reforms. With comprehensive chapters from key researchers in the field drawn from across the globe, the Handbook on Green Growth offers up to date and original analysis of the many facets of the phenomenon of green growth. Is economic growth desirable? When can economic growth and environmental policies work together? What are the key factors that will achieve green growth? What will be the multiple impacts of green growth? And, what have been the experiences of economies that have undertaken a green transformation? This Handbook will be a key resource for students and academics interested in economics, environmental and ecological studies, as well as for those specialising in environmental policy. It will also be a valuable tool for policy makers concerned about the dual objectives of stimulating economic growth and addressing environmental damage
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    ISBN: 9781788975001
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 203 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: New horizons in institutional and evolutionary economics
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: New horizons in institutional and evolutionary economics series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Berg, Chris Understanding the blockchain economy
    Keywords: Institutionenökonomik ; Blockchain ; Virtuelle Währung ; Blockchains (Databases) ; Cryptocurrencies ; Electronic books ; Institutionenökonomie ; Blockchain
    Abstract: Contents 1. Introduction -- 2. The institutional economics of blockchain -- 3. The universal turing institution -- 4. The microfoundations of ledgers -- 5. Money, dequity, and the barter economy of the future -- 6. Supply chains and identity -- 7. The V-form organisation and the future of the firm -- 8. Public policy in a blockchain era -- 9. Capitalism after Satoshi -- 10. Conclusion -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "Offering the first scholarly analysis of the economic nature of blockchains and the formation of the blockchain economy, this timely book explores the future of global capitalism. Applying the institutional economics of Ronald Coase and Oliver Williamson, the authors highlight how blockchains are poised to reshape the nature of firms, governments, markets and civil society. Chapters apply basic economic principles to explore blockchains and distributed ledger technologies through the framework of institutional economics. The book suggests ways in which cryptocurrencies such as Bitcoin may develop further in the future, bringing us back to a barter economy which removes the need for a third person in economic transactions. Outlining a ledger-centric view of the economy, the authors explore how blockchains and dehierarchalisation will reduce the demand for government regulation. Institutional economists and scholars will greatly appreciate the thorough analysis of the development of institutional cryptoeconomics and insight into the future of blockchains that this book offers. Computer and technology scientists will also find this book to be a valuable read, as well as those working specifically in the blockchain industry"--
    Note: Literaturverzeichnis: Seite 168-198
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788118583 , 1788118588
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 184 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for creative industries
    DDC: 338.4/77
    Keywords: Kreativsektor ; Kulturökonomik ; Cultural industries Economic aspects ; Kulturindustrie ; Kreativität ; Potenzial ; Kultur ; Einflussgröße ; Soziokultureller Faktor ; Interesse ; Wertschöpfung ; Forschungsgegenstand ; Forschungsprogramm ; Theorie ; Vorschlag ; Initiative ; Erde ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: A forward agenda for creative industries research / Stuart Cunningham and Terry Flew -- 1. The creative economy - where did it come from and where is it going? / John Newbigin -- 2. The creative industries and industrial policy: The UK case / Hasan Bakhshi -- 3. Complexity thinking as a coordinating theoretical framework for creative industries research / Roberta Comunian -- 4. Creative industries: Between cultural economics and cultural studies / Terry Flew -- 5. Creative industries research requires a new approach to data analysis / John Davies -- 6. Web3 and the creative industries: How blockchains are reshaping business models / Jason Potts and Ellie Rennie -- 7. Creative industries and higher education: What curriculum, what evidence, what impact? / Ruth Bridgstock -- 8. Subsidies, copyright and incentives: A European perspective on the film industry / Paul Stepan -- 9. Creative industries around the world / Stuart Cunningham and Adam Swift -- 10. Creative industries in China: The digital turn / Terry Flew, Xiang Ren and Yi Wang -- Index.
    Abstract: "Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Over the past 20 years, the concept of creative industries has become a widely recognised policy paradigm adopted in numerous countries, agencies and educational institutions around the world. A Research Agenda for Creative Industries probes the key issues that will help to advance research into creative industries as a productive and innovative intervention in public policy. Issues addressed include how much should a research agenda for creative industries be policy-oriented? How workable is the so-called triple bottom line rationale for creative industries? What innovative theories, research approaches and methods are called for in advancing a creative industries agenda? With contributions from leading scholars, policy and industry specialists, this interdisciplinary Research Agenda will be a vital resource for students and academics working in the fields of communication, culture, film and media, geography, business and policy studies, and Internet and social media studies"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    ISBN: 9781788973694
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 305 Seiten)
    Series Statement: New directions in post-Keynesian economics
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 330.15/6
    Keywords: Keynesian economics ; Keynesian economics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / Louis-Philippe Rochon and Virginie Monvoisin -- Part I: Post-Keynesian views on finance and financialization -- 1. Measuring finance for the economy and finance for finance / Marcello Spanò -- 2. Economic limits of the originate to distribute model of banking / Óscar Dejuán and John S. L. McCombie -- 3. Private pension funds in emerging economies: From broken promises to financialisation / Bruno Bonizzi and Diego Guevara -- 4. Financialization and bancarization of Argentina, Brazil and Mexico: The financial services transformations as from the post-crisis period / Alicia Girón and Marcia Solorza -- Part II: Post-Keynesian views on distribution and growth -- 5. Macroeconomic implications of inequality and household debt: European evidence / Jonathan Perraton -- 6. How can policy tackle inequality in 21st century? / Hanna Szymborska -- 7. Economic policies and growth regimes in France (1974-2016) / Hélène de Largentaye and Renaud du Tertre -- 8. Non-conventional fiscal rules in a Kaleckian model of growth and income distribution with external debt / Pablo G. Bortz, Gabriel Michelena, and Fernando Toledo -- Part III: Post-Keynesian views on monetary policy -- 9. The transmission of monetary policy in the US: Testing the credit channel and the role of endogenous money / Nathan Perry and Carlos Schönerwald -- 10. Corporate debt expansion in emerging countries after 2008: Profile, determinants and policy implications / Cristiano Duarte -- 11. From trillemma to dilemma: Monetary policy after / Bretton Woods Hasan Cömert -- 12. Shifting frames of the expert debate: Quantitative easing, international macro-finance and the potential impact of Post-Keynesian scholarship / Max Nagel and Matthias Thiemann -- Part IV: Some notes on the dual economy Introduction / Helene Delargentaye -- 13. Dualism: More or less? / David Leadbeater -- 14. Do the robots come to liberate us or to deepen our inequality? The uncertain macrostructural foundations of the robotic age / Arpita Bhattacharjee and Gary Dymski -- Index.
    Abstract: "This book introduces readers to some key concepts in post-Keynesian and heterodox economics, in particular the importance of finance in relation to income distribution and growth. The book explores various aspects of financialization, such as its role in pension funds, and explores its consequences especially in developing economies. Readers will recognize other key concepts such as the role of banks, and the effectiveness of monetary policy and its transmission mechanism, and unconventional policies, such as quantitative easing. Considerable space is given to income inequality, a topic that has become increasingly important. Authors explore the growing importance of household debt, and policies that could address inequality. Finally, the book discusses the rising importance of dualism, a much under-researched topic in heterodox economics. Policy makers and scholars alike, especially those in Heterodox Economics, will find the book a much need addition to the field"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    ISBN: 9781788115834
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xx, 417 Seiten)
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Mohd. Ma'sum Billah, 1968 - Encyclopedia of Islamic insurance, Takaful and Retakaful
    DDC: 340.5/9
    Keywords: Islamisches Finanzsystem ; Theorie ; Insurance law (Islamic law) ; Insurance law (Islamic law) ; Electronic books ; Nachschlagewerk
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Foreword -- Introduction -- Bibliography -- 1. A general introduction to Takaful -- 2. Understanding the pillars of Takaful -- 3. Regulatory framework of Takaful -- 4. Takaful and conventional insurance - a comparison -- 5. Practices of Takaful -- 6. Retakaful and its importance to Islamic finance -- 7. Contemporary issues in Takaful implementation -- Index.
    Abstract: "This timely Encyclopedia is a much-needed thorough reference on Islamic insurance policy and the ways in which this can be modelled to cohere with Shari'ah law. The authors explore the ways in which Islamic insurance can be halal, contradicting the widely held belief that insurance policies are not appropriate or moral, utilizing evidence from both the Qu'ran and top Islamic scholars to do so. The book explores Takaful, an insurance paradigm that is in accordance with Islamic principles and suits the needs of modern Islamic economies and communities. It examines the practices, principles, framework and importance of the notion of Takaful, using evidence from the Qu'ran and Islamic teachings to support this. Chapters examine how Takaful is different to conventional insurance models that are not permissible under Shari'ah law, contradicting misconceptions about the possibility of an insurance policy that is achievable within Islamic communities. The book further explores the room for cooperation between Takaful services and Islamic banking, offering insight into how this can be improved in the future. A valuable asset for Islamic insurance and Islamic economics scholars, this timely book offers a thorough analysis of Takaful, Retakaful and Islamic insurance in our modern world. It will also be a useful read for those practising Takaful to ensure that their advice coheres with Shari'ah law"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    ISBN: 9781789905083
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 310 Seiten)
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar modern guides
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A modern guide to state intervention
    DDC: 335
    Keywords: Staatliche Einflussnahme ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Wachstumspolitik ; Marxismus ; Öffentliche Investition ; Geldpolitik ; Finanzpolitik ; Keynesianismus ; Neoklassische Synthese ; Sozialstaat ; Government ownership ; Economic policy ; Sustainable development ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / Geoff Harcourt -- Introduction: The role of government / Nikolaos Karagiannis and John E. King -- Part I: Philosophical and theoretical aspects -- 1. Policy and state in complexity economics / Wolfram Elsner -- 2. State and public sector: key economic and politico-institutional aspects of modern intervention / Nikolaos Karagiannis, Zagros Madjd-Sadjadi and Joanna Bens -- 3. The fiscal responsibilities of government / Malcolm Sawyer -- 4. Monetary policy / Jan Toporowski -- Part II: Macroeconomic policies for sustainable growth and prosperity -- 5. Fiscal policy and the government debt in alternative models of growth and distribution / Amitava Krishna Dutt -- 6. Economic development policy today: what has realistically remained? / Nikolaos Karagiannis and Zagros Madjd-Sadjadi -- 7. Welfare as government intervention / Torsten Niechoj -- 8. Monetary policy and central banks' intervention: a critical investigation / Sergio Rossi -- 9. Principles underlying classical-keynesian employment and distribution policies / Heinrich Bortis -- Part III: Special issues and policy interventions -- 10. Government originating and closing the circuit / Romar Correa -- 11. What future for the euro without fiscal integration? / Philip Arestis -- 12. Are wages policies desirable and feasible? European experiences / Jesus Ferreiro -- 13. Guaranteed jobs through a public service employment programme for the United States / L. Randall Wray, Flavia Dantas, Scott Fullwiler, Pavlina R. Tcherneva and Stephanie A. Kelton -- 14. Government intervention and educational equity: leveraging educator preparation programmes at historically black colleges and universities / Denise Pearson -- Index.
    Abstract: "A Modern Guide to State Intervention investigates the impact of the changing role of the state, offering an alternative political economy for the third decade of the twenty-first century. Building on important factors including history, the role of institutions, society and economic structures, this Modern Guide considers economic and administrative interventions towards changing the destabilized status quo of modern societies. Exploring a variety of theoretical approaches, chapters offer sustainable growth-inducing policies and proposals to address important challenges in this era of neoliberal globalization and financialization. With key contributions by distinguished academics in the field, the book evaluates past efforts and policies and critiques failed perspectives. A critical read for political economics scholars wishing to look beyond orthodox perspectives, this book highlights key areas of contention in modern economic policies. This will also be a vital book for policy-makers and economists looking ahead to a more sustainable economic atmosphere"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781789908428
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 149 Seiten)
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Nooteboom, Bart, 1941 - Uprooting economics
    DDC: 330.1
    RVK:
    Keywords: Wirtschaftswissenschaft ; Wirtschaftsethik ; Wirtschaftspsychologie ; Wirtschaftssoziologie ; Wirtschaftsphilosophie ; Economics ; Capitalism ; Economics Moral and ethical aspects ; Electronic books ; Heterodoxe Ökonomie
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- 1: Crisis of capitalism -- 2: Economics -- 3: Markets -- 4: Industries -- 5: A new economics -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: "Much-needed in the face of present political upheavals, including the rise of populism and re-emergence of nationalism and authoritarian regimes, this book is radical in both its critique and proposals for a new economics. Taking an interdisciplinary approach, Bart Nooteboom offers insights from economics, sociology, cognitive science, social psychology and philosophy. Exploring ways in which economics is developing, the book investigates how new economics has moved away from considering individuals as autonomous and instead studies their involvement and interactions with each other. The book discusses a new relational economics: less contractual, hierarchical and controlled, and more based on trust and mutual adjustment. Nooteboom proposes a shift from utility ethics to the virtue ethics of prudence, courage, moderation and justice. A provocative read for economics students, this work is especially pertinent to those interested in rethinking the subject and expanding upon heterodox theories. It will also prove a useful read to critical economists and sociologists looking to better understand a way forward in our current economic climate"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788112352
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XII, 400 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Big data
    DDC: 005.7
    RVK:
    Keywords: Big data ; Industrial management ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Data Mining ; Prädiktionsanalyse ; Privatsphäre ; Datenschutz ; Wissensextraktion ; Big Data
    Abstract: Contents: 1 The promise, application and pitfalls of big data / John Storm Pedersen and Adrian Wilkinson -- 2: Man versus cyborg / Vladimir Estivill-Castro -- 3: Big data and application / Patrick Mikalef -- 4: Big data and human resource management / Tobias M. Scholz -- 5: Big data in the energy industry -- Petyo Bonev and Magnus Söderberg -- 6: A brief Introduction to 'big data' and its application in tourism -- Ali Reza Alaei and Susanne Becken -- 7: Big data in government: The case of 'smart cities' / Karl Löfgren and William Webster -- 8: Cyborg bureaucracy: frontline work in digitalized labor and welfare services / Eric Breit, Cathrine Egeland and Ida Bring L.berg -- 9: Data analytics and health services quality: Implementing ehealth initiatives wisely / Peter Ross, Therese Kelly, Sanjeev Hiremath and Adrian Wilkinson -- 10: Data-driven management in practice in the digital welfare state / John Storm Pedersen -- 11: Social work in the danish digitalized welfare state - and the use of digital technologies for professional knowledge in child services / Anna Olejasz Lyneborg -- 12: Big data in social welfare / Philip Gillingham -- 13: Big data and data governance: From the 'world of ideas' to the 'world of practice' / Anders Sandgaard -- 14: Artificial reality: the practice of analytics and big data in educational research / Ben Kei Daniel -- 15: The digital welfare state: dataism versus relationshipism / John Storm Pedersen -- 16: Big data in political communication / Peter Aagaard -- 17: Rumour detection in social media / Henry Nguyen and Bela Stantic -- 18: Big data and professionals: what we can learn from michael polanyi / Giorgio Baruchello -- Index.
    Abstract: "Since the early 2000s, digital data has transformed the way we live and work. This timely book looks to big data analytics to understand this revolutionary change, unpacking the impact of big data analytics on the mobilization and allocation of individuals, organizations and societies' resources. Contributions from leading experts on modern technological trends examine the promises, applications and pitfalls of big data. The contributors assess the ways in which contemporary trajectories of data processing have increased efficiency and had a transformative effect on all avenues of life, from energy, tourism and social media, to human resources, welfare systems and urban citizenship. At a time when our personal data is more valuable than ever, this book seeks to make sense of how big data analytics has transformed our lives and how it will continue to shape society in the future. Astute and comprehensive, this book is critical reading for business and management scholars with a focus on information systems and communications technologies. It will also prove to be vital information for students and researchers of big data and digital society, as well as politics and administration more widely"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788118859 , 1788118855
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series 369
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Institutions and economic development
    Keywords: Institutionenökonomik ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Entwicklungstheorie ; Institutionenökonomik ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Entwicklungstheorie ; Economic development ; Institutional economics ; Financial institutions Economic aspects ; Politics, Practical Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Daron Acemoglu and Simon Johnson (2005), 'Unbundling institutions', Journal of political economy, 113 (5), October, 949-95 1 -- 2. Daron Acemoglu, Simon Johnson and James A. Robinson (2001), 'The colonial origins of comparative development: an empirical investigation', American economic review, 91 (5), December, 1369-401 48 -- 3. Daron Acemoglu, Simon Johnson and James A. Robinson (2002), 'Reversal of fortune: geography and institutions in the making of the modern world income distribution', Quarterly journal of economics, 117 (4), November, 1231-94 81 -- 4. Daron Acemoglu, Simon Johnson and James A. Robinson (2005), 'Institutions as a fundamental cause of long-run growth', in Philippe Aghion and Steven N. Durlauf (eds) Handbook of economic growth, Chapter 6, Volume 1, Part A, Amsterdam, the Netherlands: Elsevier, 385-472 145 -- 5. Daron Acemoglu, Simon Johnson and James Robinson (2005), 'The rise of Europe: Atlantic trade, institutional change, and economic growth', American economic review, 95 (3), June, 546-79 233 -- 6. Daron Acemoglu, Simon Johnson and James A. Robinson (2012) 'The colonial origins of comparative development: an empirical investigation: reply', American economic review, 102 (6), October, 3077-110 267 -- 7. Daron Acemoglu, Suresh Naidu, Pascual Restrepo and James A. Robinson (2019), 'Democracy does cause growth', Journal of political economy, 127 (1), January, 47-100 301 -- 8. Raphael A. Auer (2013), 'Geography, institutions, and the making of comparative development', Journal of economic growth, 18 (2), January, 179-215 355 -- 9. Robert J. Barro (1996), 'Democracy and growth', Journal of economic growth, 1 (1), March, 1-27 392 -- 10. Sjoerd Beugelsdijk (2006), 'A note on the theory and measurement of trust in explaining differences in economic growth', Cambridge journal of economics, 30 (3), May, 371-87 419 -- 11. Christian Bjørnskov and Pierre-Guillaume Méon (2013), 'Is trust the missing root of institutions, education, and development?', Public choice, 157 (3-4), December, 641-69 436 -- 12. Maarten Bosker and Harry Garretsen (2009), 'Economic development and the geography of institutions', Journal of economic geography, 9 (3), May, 295-328 465 -- 13. Kai Carstensen and Erich Gundlach (2006), 'The primacy of institutions reconsidered: direct income effects of Malaria prevalence', World bank economic review , 20 (3), January, 309-39 499 -- 14. Stijn Claessens and Luc Laeven (2003), 'Financial development, property rights, and growth', Journal of finance , 58 (6), December, 2401-36 530 -- 15. Christopher Clague, Philip Keefer, Stephen Knack and Mancur Olson (1996), 'Property and contract rights in autocracies and democracies', Journal of economic growth , 1 (2), June, 243-76 566 -- 16. Jakob De Haan, Susanna Lundström and Jan-Egbert Sturm (2006), 'Market-Oriented Institutions and policies and economic growth: a critical survey', Journal of economic surveys , 20 (2), March, 157-91 600 -- 17. Simeon Djankov, Edward Glaeser, Rafael La Porta, Florencio Lopez-de-Silanes and Andrei Shleifer (2003), 'The new comparative economics', Journal of comparative economics , 31 (4), December, 595-619 635 -- 18. Hristos Doucouliagos and Mehmet Ali Ulubaşoğlu (2008), 'Democracy and economic growth: a meta-analysis', American journal of political science , 52 (1), January, 61-83 660.
    Abstract: 19. David Dollar and Aart Kraay (2003), 'Institutions, trade, and growth', Journal of monetary economics , 50 (1), January, 133-62 683 -- 20. William Easterly and Ross Levine (2003), 'Tropics, germs, and crops: how endowments influence economic development', Journal of monetary economics , 50 (1), January, 3-39 713 -- 1. William Easterly and Ross Levine (2016), 'The European origins of economic development', Journal of economic growth, 21 (3), September, 225-57 1 -- 2. Stanley L. Engerman and Kenneth L. Sokoloff (1997), 'Factor endowments, institutions, and differential paths of growth among new world economies', in Stephen Haber (ed.), How Latin America fell behind, Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 260-304 34 -- 3. Theo S. Eicher and Andreas Leukert (2009), 'Institutions and economic performance: endogeneity and parameter heterogeneity', Journal of money, credit and banking, 41 (1), February, 197-219 79 -- 4. Edward L. Glaeser, Rafael La Porta, Florencio Lopez-de-Silanes and Andrei Shleifer (2004), 'Do institutions cause growth?', Journal of economic growth, 9 (3), September, 271-303 102 -- 5. Erich Gundlach and Martin Paldam (2009), 'A farewell to critical junctures: sorting out long-run causality of income and democracy', European journal of political economy, 25 (3), September, 340-54 135 -- 6. James D. Gwartney, Robert A. Lawson and Randall G. Holcombe (1999), 'Economic freedom and the environment for economic growth', Journal of institutional and theoretical economics, 155 (4), December, 643-63 150 -- 7. Robert E. Hall and Charles I. Jones (1999), 'Why do some countries produce so much more output per worker than others?', Quarterly journal of economics, 114 (1), February, 83-116 171 -- 8. Jonathan K. Hanson (2013), 'Growth paradigms and congruent institutions: estimating context-varying effects of political institutions on economic performance', Political science research and methods, 1 (2), December, 239-62 205 -- 9. Ricardo Hausmann, Lant Pritchett and Dani Rodrik (2005), 'Growth accelerations', Journal of economic growth, 10 (4), December, 303-29 229 -- 10. Staff of the International Monetary Fund (2003), 'Growth and Institutions', in (eds) World Economic Outlook, Chapter III, Washington, DC, United States: International Monetary Fund, 95-128 256 -- 11. Richard Jong-A-Pin and Jakob De Haan (2011), 'Political regime change, economic liberalization and growth accelerations', Public choice, 146 (1-2), January, 93-115 290 -- 12. Stephen Knack and Philip Keefer (1995), 'Institutions and economic performance: cross-country tests using alternative institutional measures', Economics and politics, 7 (3), November, 207-27 313 -- 13. Carl Henrik Knutsen (2012), 'Democracy and Economic growth: a survey of arguments and results', International area studies review , 15 (4), December, 393-415 334 -- 14. Rafael La Porta, Florencio Lopez-de-Silanes, Andrei Shleifer and Robert W. Vishny (1998), 'Law and finance', Journal of political economy, 106 (6), December, 1113-55 357 -- 15. Rafael La Porta, Florencio Lopez-de-Silanes, Andrei Shleifer and Robert Vishny (1999), 'The quality of government', Journal of law, economics, and organisation , 15 (1), March, 222-79 400 -- 16. Rafael La Porta, Florencio Lopez-de-Silanes and Andrei Shleifer (2008), 'The economic consequences of legal origins', Journal of economic literature , 46 (2), June, 285-332 458 -- 17. Robbert Maseland (2013), 'Parasitical cultures? The cultural origins of institutions and development', Journal of economic growth , 18 (2), April, 109-36 506.
    Abstract: 18. Mancur Olson Jr., Naveen Sarna and Anand V. Swamy (2000), 'Governance and growth: a simple hypothesis explaining cross-country differences in productivity growth', Public choice , 102 (3-4), March, 341-64 534 -- 19. Torsten Persson and Guido Tabellini (2009), 'Democratic capital: the nexus of political and economic change', American economic journal: Macroeconomics, 1 (2), July, 88-126 558 -- 20. Dani Rodrik (1999), 'Where did all the growth go? External shocks, social conflict, and growth collapses', Journal of economic growth , 4 (4), December, 385-412 597 -- 21. Dani Rodrik (2000), 'Institutions for high-quality growth: what they are and how to acquire them', studies in comparative international development, 35 (3), September, 3-31 625 -- 22. Dani Rodrik, Arvind Subramanian and Francesco Trebbi (2004), 'Institutions rule: the primacy of institutions over geography and integration in economic development', Journal of economic growth , 9 (2), June, 131-65 654 -- 23. Jeffrey D. Sachs (2003), 'Institutions don't rule: direct effects of geography on per capita income', NBER working paper No. 9490 , February, 1-12 689 -- 24. Rok Spruk (2016), 'Institutional transformation and the origins of world income distribution', Journal of comparative economics , 44 (4), November, 936-60 701.
    Abstract: "This collection carefully selects some of the most influential papers focusing on the relationship between economic and political institutions and economic development. Economic institutions shape economic incentives, such the incentives to become educated, to save and invest, to innovate and to adopt new technologies. Although economic institutions are critical for determining whether a country is poor or prosperous, it is politics and political institutions that determine which economic institutions are present in a country. This collection explores these critical relationships and the causes of economic growth, whilst bringing forth the legal, colonial and financial factors, which contribute, to economic discrepancies across countries. Prefaced by an authoritative introduction by the editor, this collection promises to be a valuable tool for economic researchers and scholars interested in this important subject"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788112574
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (IX, 374 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of sustainable innovation
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Innovation ; Technischer Fortschritt ; Techniksoziologie ; Technologiepolitik ; Innovationsmanagement ; Technikfolgenabschätzung ; Erkenntnistheorie ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Innovationsakzeptanz ; Sustainable development ; Technological innovations ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Innovation
    Abstract: Contents: 1. An Introduction: Mapping the field(s) of sustainable innovation / Frank Boons and Andrew McMeekin -- Part I: Visions of sustainable innovation -- 2. How does innovation sustain 'sustainable innovation'? / Benoît Godin and Gérald Gaglio -- 3. Innovation in the circular and the performance economy / Walter R. Stahel -- Part II: Sustainable innovation at the firm level -- 4. Determinants of eco-innovation at the firm level / Jens Horbach -- 5. Taxonomy and dimensions of eco-innovation from a resource-based perspective / Javier Carrillo-Hermosilla, Christoph P. Kiefer and Pablo del Río -- 6. Strategies and drivers of sustainable business model innovation / Florian Lüdeke-Freund, Stefan Schaltegger and Krzysztof Dembek -- 7. Sustainable innovation in business models: Celebrated but not interrogated / Oksana Mont, Katherine Whalen and Julia Nussholz -- Part III: Governance and policy of sustainable innovation -- 8. Reviewing responsible research and innovation: Lessons for a sustainable innovation research agenda? / Eefje Cuppen, Elisabeth van de Grift and Udo Pesch -- 9. Policy mixes for sustainable innovation: Conceptual considerations and empirical insights / Karoline S. Rogge -- 10. Firms, institutions and politics: The role of corporate political activity in sustainable innovation / Jonatan Pinkse -- Part IV: Sustainable innovation as systems change -- 11. Technological innovation systems: A review of recent findings and suggestions for future research / Anna Bergek -- 12. An institutional perspective on sustainability transitions / Lea Fuenfschilling -- Part V: Users and practices of sustainable innovation -- 13. The role of users in sustainable innovation / Geert Verbong, Bram Verhees and Anna Wieczorek -- 14. Sustainable innovation, consumption and everyday life / Jo Mylan -- Part VI: Sites and domains of sustainable innovation -- 15. Sustainable innovation as a challenge for urban governance / Harald Rohracher and Michael Ornetzeder -- 16. Innovation and ecological impact: The case of automobility / Peter Wells -- Part VII: Research methods for sustainable innovation -- 17. Sustainable innovation research methods / Floortje Alkemade -- 18. Advances in modelling sustainable innovation: From technology bias to system theories and behavioural dynamics / Jonathan Köhler -- 19 the impact of circular economy / Dionne Ewen, Karen Maas and Helen Toxopeus -- 20. Conclusion / Frank Boons and Andrew McMeekin -- Index.
    Abstract: "The Handbook of Sustainable Innovation maps the multiple lineages of research and understanding that constitute academic work on how technological change relates to sustainable practices of production and consumption. Leading academics contribute by mapping the general evolution of this academic field, our understanding of sustainable innovation at the firm, user, and systems level, the governance of sustainable innovation, and the methodological approaches used. The Handbook explores the distinctiveness of sustainable innovation and concludes with suggestions for generating future research avenues that exploit the current diversity of work while seeking increased systemic insight. This unique and original book will have a broad appeal among scholars, researchers and advanced students interested in innovation, environmental studies and technological transitions"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788113700
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxi, 228 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als How to get published in the best marketing journals
    DDC: 658.8005
    Keywords: Wissenschaftliche Publikation ; Marketing journal ; Publication process ; Scholarly publishing ; Marketing research ; Publishers and publishing ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: List of figures and tables -- Biographies of editors and contributors -- Preface -- Acknowledgements -- Section i The publication process -- Introduction to section i -- 1 The contribution continuum revisited / Daniel M. Ladik and David W. Stewart -- 4: 2 John O. Summers (2001), 'Guidelines for conducting research and publishing in marketing: From conceptualization through the review process', journal of the academy of marketing science , 29 -- (4), Fall, 405-15 17 3 Publishing ethics: managing for success / O.C. Ferrell and Linda Ferrell -- 2:8 section ii Tailoring your work to your audience -- Introduction to section ii 46 4 on the positioning of research papers in the marketing discipline / Gary L. Frazier -- 47 5 how to publish consumer research based on experiments in the top marketing journals / Cornelia 'Connie' Pechmann -- 5:3 6 John H. Roberts, Ujwal Kayande and Stefan Stremersch (2014), 'From academic research to marketing practice: Exploring the marketing science value chain', international journal of research in marketing , 31 -- (2), June, 127-40 70 7 Deborah J. Macinnis (2011), 'A framework for conceptual contributions in marketing', Journal of marketing , 75 -- (4), July, 136-54 84 8 publishing marketing strategy papers in scholarly journals v. Kumar -- 10:3 9 so, you want to write policy-relevant articles? / Ronald Paul Hill -- 12:6 10 Publishing in international marketing: challenges, opportunities, and guideposts / Constantine S. Katsikeas -- 13:8 11 sample design for research in marketing vikas mittal -- 15:7 Section iii Reviews and the revision process -- Introduction to section iii 175 12 Donald R. Lehmann and Russell S. Winer (2017), 'The role and impact of reviewers on the marketing discipline', Journal of the academy of marketing science , 45 -- (5), September, 587-92 177 13 How papers get better before they get published / Ruth N. Bolton -- 18:3 14 The service-dominant logic journey: from conceptualization to publication / Stephen L. Vargo -- Section iv Final thoughts Introduction to section iv 15 / David W. Stewart (2008), 'Academic publishing in marketing: best and worst practices', European business review, special issue: Academic journals and academic publishing , 20 -- (5), 421-33 199 16 Responding to reviewers: Lessons from 17 years of editor experience at Duke University / Christine Moorman, James R. Bettman, Joel D. Huber, Mary Frances Luce and Richard Staelin -- 21:2 Index.
    Abstract: "This essential guide, edited by experienced journal editors, is the definitive sourcebook for prospective authors who are seeking direction and advice about developing academic papers in marketing that will have a high probability of publication in the best journals in the discipline. It brings together a wealth of contributors, all of whom are experienced researchers and have been published in the leading marketing journals. More than a dozen and a half current and former editors of marketing journals contributed to this volume, contributing words of wisdom and sage advice for the beginning scholar and experienced writer alike. The book covers such topics as ideation, positioning of papers, review of the literature, discussion of methods, presentation of results, development of theoretical and practical implications and responding to reviewers. Both empirical and conceptual papers are addressed. Individual chapters focus on papers with a behavioral focus, a marketing science focus, a strategy focus, and a public policy focus. This book is an indispensable guide for doctoral students, faculty teaching doctoral courses, individuals early in their career in marketing and scholars who wish to place their work in those journals which have a significant impact on the marketing discipline"--
    Note: Literaturangaben
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    ISBN: 9781788975087
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xix, 340 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Learning and teaching in higher education
    Keywords: College teaching ; Business education ; Education, Higher ; Business education ; College teaching ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Hochschule ; Lehre ; Hochschuldidaktik ; Unterrichtsmethode ; Vorlesung
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Foreword -- Introduction -- 1. Theorising about learning and knowing / Keith Schofield -- Engaging students -- 2. How to engage students / Alison Lindon and Michael Butler -- 3. Icebreakers for business school students / Ilias Basioudis -- Thought 1 / Alison Lindon and Michael Butler -- 4. Trumping truancy: maintaining student attendance and engagement / Gayatri Patel -- Thought 2 / Kathy Daniels -- 5. Helping our students to think critically / Elaine Clarke -- Thought 3 / Daniel Cash -- 6. How to introduce and integrate creativity / Bimal Arora -- 7. How to invigorate group presentations / Matthew Olczak -- Thought 4 / Gayatri Patel -- 8. Bridging the gap: writing in higher education / Daniel Cash -- Enhancing teaching practice -- 9. Getting the most out of large group teaching / Caroline Elliott and Jon Guest -- 10. Storytelling as a technique for teaching / Sudeshna Bhattacharya -- Thought 5 / Geetha Ravishankar -- 11. Experiential learning: use of business simulations / Clive Kerridge -- Thought 6 / Kris Lines -- 12. How to do a confident presentation / Chris Jones -- Thought 7 / Caroline Elliott and Jon Guest -- 13. Making teaching relevant for the business student / Kathy Daniels -- 14. Problem based learning / Chris Owen -- Thought 8 / Alison McPherson -- 15. Teaching students struggling because English is not their first language / Pieter Koornhof -- 16. How to teach students from a range of different countries / Uche Ogwude -- Thought 9 / Matthew Olczak -- 17. Teaching small groups / Alison McPherson -- Technology enhanced learning -- 18. Technology enhanced learning activities and student participation / Bahar Kazmi and Umair Riaz -- Thought 10 / Elaine Clarke -- 19. Cultivating students' digital literacy / Soumyadeb Chowdhury, Oscar Rodríguez-Espindola, Ahmad Beltagui and Pavel Albores-Barajas -- Thought 11 / Uche Ogwude -- 20. Designing and teaching an online module / Jon Taylor, Richard Terry and Matt Davies -- Thought 12 / Soumyadeb Chowdhury, Oscar Rodríguez-Espindola, Ahmad Beltagui and Pavel Albores-Barajas -- 21. Successful teaching in virtual classrooms / Richard Terry, Jon Taylor and Matt Davies -- Thought 13 / Soumyadeb Chowdhury, Oscar Rodríguez-Espindola, Ahmad Beltagui and Pavel Albores-Barajas -- 22. Managing online learning / Nicholas Theodorakopoulos -- Teaching content 23. The use of short in-class games / Jon Guest, Maria Kozlovskaya and Matthew Olczak -- 24. Teaching maths to non-mathematical standards / Geetha Ravishankar -- Thought 14 / Pieter Koornhof -- 25. How to embed CSR in teaching / Muhammed Al Mahameed and Umair Riaz -- 26. Teaching law to business students / Adam Shaw-Mellors and Pieter Koornhof -- Thought 15 / Adam Shaw-Mellors -- 27. Practitioner module partnership and sponsorship / Keith Glanfield -- Assessment 28. Demystifying the assessment criteria / Gayatri Patel -- Thought 16 / Bimal Arora -- 29. Using posters in academic assessments / Kris Lines -- 30. Writing effective multiple choice questions / Simon Finley -- Thought 17 / Kathy Daniels -- 31. Peer assessment / Elaine Clarke -- 32. Providing effective feedback / Jon Guest -- Index.
    Abstract: "There is often little guidance available on how to teach in universities, despite there being increasing pressure to raise teaching standards, as well as no official requirement for academics to have any specific teaching qualification in many countries. This invaluable book comprehensively addresses this issue, providing an overview of teaching in a business school that covers all stages of student learning. This book demonstrates various ways to engage students and offers techniques to enhance teaching practice, focusing on particular challenges such as large group teaching, increasing attendance and engagement, and successful professional development. All the contributors have current experience of teaching in a business school, allowing them to offer honest, personal assessments of what is effective in practice. Chapters address specific topics such as technology enhanced learning, while useful 'thoughts' provide creative and innovative suggestions on improving participation and outcomes. Learning and Teaching in Higher Education will be an important resource for those teaching in a business school setting, as well as having significant value to anyone teaching in higher education more generally"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    ISBN: 9781788114127
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XVIII, 538 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Series Statement: New horizons in international business series
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Socially responsible international business
    DDC: 658.408
    Keywords: Multinationales Unternehmen ; Strategisches Management ; Corporate Social Responsibility ; Social responsibility of business ; International business enterprises Social aspects ; Business ethics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Introduction 1 -- Part I: Overview of research on socially responsible international business -- 1: Socially responsible international business: Review, synthesis, and directions / Leonidas C. Leonidou, Constantine S. Katsikeas, Saeed Samiee, and Constantinos N. Leonidou -- 2: An overview of social responsibility dimensions in international business / Noemi Sinkovics, Rudolf R. Sinkovics, and Jason Archie-Acheampong -- Part II: Institutional environment and socially responsible international business -- 3: Trade-offs and institutional contradictions in formulating responsible international business strategies / Gopalkrishnan R. Iyer -- 4: Institutional drivers of stakeholder engagement and legitimacy of Chinese MNEs / Peter S. Hofman, Lei Li, Sunny Li Sun, and Yanxue Sun -- 5: Cross-country comparison of corporate social performance: How do institutions matter? / Jiyoung Shin and Chang Hoon Oh -- 6: Re-assessing risk in international markets: A strategic, operational, and sustainability taxonomy / Rob van Tulder and Mihaela Roman -- Part III: Customer reactions to socially responsible international business -- 7: Consumer responses to MNE socially responsible behavior / Petra Riefler -- 8: CSR, causal attributions, and a country's legal origin / Seraphim Voliotis and Pavlos A. Vlachos -- 9: Cross-cultural consumer responses to cause-related marketing: Theoretical insights and future research / Melanie Tao Xue and Jaywant Singh -- Part IV: Social responsibility issues in foreign market targeting -- 10: Social responsibility and foreign market targeting / Ricky Y. K. Chan -- 11: Ethical issues in Japanese foreign direct investment in developed versus developing countries / Paul W. Beamish, George Z. Peng, and Jean-Marie Nkongolo-Bakenda -- 12: Toward a more comprehensive CSR scorecard development for multinational enterprises / Ayse Ozturk -- Part V: Designing and implementing socially responsible international business strategies -- 13: Adapting CSR strategy to international markets: Fit analysis and performance implications / Pantelitsa Eteokleous -- 14: Strategic CSR and the CSR strategy-making process of international business / Cezara A. Nicoara, Dayananda Palihawadana, and Matthew J. Robson -- 15: MNE-NGO global partnerships as a form of csr strategy: How well are they working? / Elizabeth A. Napier -- 16: How much social responsibility should MNEs strategically assume and of which kind? / Lilac Nachum -- Part VI: Special issues in socially responsible international business -- 17: Antecedents, moderators, and consequences of political csr in the context of MNEs / Daniel Korschun and Hoori Rafieian -- 18: Embracing sustainability through corporate communication: An international case of csr disclosure / Setayesh Sattari, Arash Kordestani, Kaveh Peighambari, and Pejvak Oghazi -- 19: Role of MNEs in building zero waste communities / Suraksha Gupta -- Index.
    Abstract: "Growing social and environmental concerns have exerted pressure on businesses to act responsibly. This timely book is the result of systematic, integrated and concerted efforts by prominent scholars to contribute new ideas and original research on social responsibility issues in international business. Offering an insightful collection of global investigations of critical and thought-provoking issues, the chapters investigate unique social responsibility issues across different countries and international business contexts. Bringing together renowned researchers in the field, this book provides state-of-the-art knowledge on a wide array of issues relating to social responsibility and highlights future trajectories for the development of socially-responsible international business strategies. Featuring innovative research and incisive conclusions, this book is critical for international business researchers seeking new avenues for investigation. Postgraduate students at all levels will also benefit from this book's strong inventory of contemporary knowledge, as well as its wide variety of research methods"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788119061
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 192 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for media economics
    DDC: 338.4730223072
    Keywords: Medienökonomik ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Kommunikationsmedien ; Mediensektor ; Medienmanagement ; Technischer Fortschritt ; Digitale Medien ; Mass media in economic development ; Globalization ; Mass media Moral and ethical aspects ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Massenmedien ; Medienmarkt ; Medienökonomie
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Media economics research: a history of the field / Alan B. Albarran -- 2. Advancing media economics research through theory / Marianne Barrett and Chun Shao -- 3. Research traditions in media economics / Amy Jo Coffey -- 4. Global digital networks and global media systems: an economic perspective / Xiaoqun Zhang -- 5. Consumer demand and audience behavior / Angel Arrese, Mercedes Medina and Alfonso Sánchez-Tabernero -- 6. Economics of information and cultural goods / Bozena I. Mierzejewska and Castulus Kolo -- 7. Technological dimensions and media economics / Yu-li Liu and Wen-yi Hsu -- 8. News media viability / C. Ann Hollifield -- 9. Industry organization, media management and media economics / Ulrike Rohn -- 10. Social and ethical aspects of media economics research / María Elena Gutiérrez-Rentería -- 11. Challenges and opportunities in media economics research / Alan B. Albarran -- Index.
    Abstract: "Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Presenting cutting-edge thoughts on media economics, its history and development, and looking forward to its future, this timely book investigates the changing face of the field. With contributions from some of the most prominent media economics scholars in the world, this provocative and visionary Research Agenda covers theory development, consumer and audience demand, information and cultural goods, and technological dimensions. Chapters explore globalisation, industry organisation, social and ethical aspects of media firms, new media viability and the historical eras of media economics. Presenting a range of streams of inquiry and topics needing more study and development, this Research Agenda looks at new and innovative ways to stimulate thought around key research questions and designs. PhD students and scholars of media studies and media economics will benefit from the expansion of basic concepts, theories and methods found in this key book. It will also be critical reading for media professionals looking to understand more about the impact and importance of contemporary media relations"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    ISBN: 9781788116695
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 527 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on strategic human capital resources
    DDC: 658.301
    Keywords: Humankapital ; Ressourcenorientierter Ansatz ; Betriebliche Wertschöpfung ; Human capital ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- Strategic human capital resources: a brief history, construct definition, and introduction to the handbook of research on strategic human capital resources / Thomas P. Moliterno and Anthony J. Nyberg -- Conceptualizing HCRS -- Part I: Value creation and value capture: rents starting point chapters -- 1. Setting base pay rates: integrating compensation practice with human capital value creation and value capture / Samantha A. Conroy -- 2. Rents from human capital complementarities: a relational view of value creation and value capture / Flore Bridoux and J. W. Stoelhorst Commentary Chapters -- 3. Commentary on "setting base pay rates: integrating compensation practice with human capital value creation and value capture" / Russell Coff and Clint Chadwick -- 4. Commentary on "rents from human capital complementarities: a relational view of value creation and value capture" / Clint Chadwick and Russell Coff -- Part II: Multilevel approaches: emergence starting point chapter -- 5. Human capital resource emergence: theoretical and methodological clarifications and a path forward / Rory Eckardt and Kaifeng Jiang -- Commentary chapters -- 6. Human capital resource emergence: reflections, insights, and recommendations / Steve W. J. Kozlowski -- 7. Human capital resource emergence: a commentary / Albert A. Cannella, Jr and Valerie A. Sy -- Part III: Isolating mechanisms: firm-specificity -- Starting point chapters -- 8. Specific human capital: a matching perspective / Ingo Weller -- 9. What are we isolating? Why human capital-based competitive advantage may not be so much about human capital / Ben Campbell and David Kryscynski -- Commentary chapters -- 10. Retaining valued human capital: a commentary on the role of firm-specificity as a mobility constraint / John E. Delery and Dorothea Roumpi -- Human resource management strategy and practice: from individual motivation to dynamic capabilities / David Lewin and David J. Teece -- Part IV: Complementarities: human and social capital -- Starting point chapters -- 12. How employees can better solve customer problems: a use value approach to human and social capital / Shad Morris and Scott Snell -- 13. Social capital and human capital co-emergence: a socialized view of emergent human capital resources / Alia Crocker -- Commentary chapters -- 14. The missing construct in strategic human capital research: humans / Patrick M. Wright and Spenser M. Essman -- 15. Agonistic relations, social capital, and (dis)complementarity in the emergence of human capital resources / Rhett A. Brymer and Michael A. Hitt -- Actuating hcrs -- Part V: Building SHCRS: hiring and acquiring -- Starting point chapters -- 16. Building human capital resources: hiring and acquiring / Rebecca R. Kehoe and F. Scott Bentley -- 17. Getting access to strategic human capital resources: a multiple strategic factor market approach / Arnaldo Camuffo and Federica De Stefano -- Commentary chapter -- 18. Towards a human-capital resource-based theory of the firm / Alison Mackey and Jay B. Barney -- Part VI: Mobilizing strategic human capital resources: teams -- Starting point chapters -- 19. Team motivation and goal (mis)alignment: the missing link in human capital resources research / Christopher O. L. H. Porter, Brittney Amber, and Ernie Wang -- 20. Mobilizing human capital to manage negative events / Y. Sekou Bermiss and Samantha Darnell -- Commentary chapters -- 21. The vital role of teams in the mobilization of strategic human capital resources / Robert E. Ployhart and Gilad Chen -- 22. Organizational crisis: the need for transformative boards and top management teams / Margarethe Wiersema -- Part VII: Compensating strategic human capital resources: incentives -- Starting point chapters -- 23. A pay system model for turning human capital resources into action / Anthony J. Nyberg and Greg Reilly -- 24. Strategic compensation: a critique and research agenda / Ian Larkin Commentary Chapters -- 25. Commentary on larkin and nyberg and reilly / Barry Gerhart -- 26. (Unavoidable) dynamics in incentive design / Tomasz Obloj and Todd Zenger -- Part VIII: Keeping strategic human capital resources: mobility -- Starting point chapters -- 27. Keeping strategic human capital resources: mobility / John P. Hausknecht -- 28. Retention is not a strategic imperative: on the pros and cons of employee turnover / Christopher I. Rider and David Tan -- Commentary chapters -- 29. A commentary on "keeping strategic human capital resources: mobility" / Matthew Bidwell -- 30. Human enterprise / Rajshree Agarwal -- Conclusion -- 31. Human capital resources: a convergence of questions but divergence of answers / Anthony J. Nyberg, Robert E. Ployhart, and Thomas P. Moliterno -- Index.
    Abstract: "Strategic human capital resource is a relatively new construct with a scholarly literature that is still evolving. Work in this area requires the integration of multiple theoretical perspectives and empirical approaches, but that integration rarely occurs. Within these pages, the editors have combined the voices of leading scholars from a wide range of disciplinary backgrounds to provide a comprehensive introduction to the current state of the field. The Handbook of Research on Strategic Human Capital Resources brings together fifty-one prominent Strategy, OB, HRM, and OT researchers who share a scholarly interest in human capital resources (HCR). These authors draw on their diverse expertise and backgrounds to explore two broad domains of questions: how do we conceptualize HCRs and how do we actuate HCRs in organizations? These two domains each comprise four topics, and each topic is examined through 'micro' and 'macro' perspectives. In this way, the authors in each topic area shine a light on commonalities and differences in their scholarly perspectives surrounding HCR theory and practice. The result is a foundational and definitive volume for understanding the current state and future directions of HCR research, making it invaluable for scholars interested in learning more about HCRs, doctoral students across a variety of fields, and practitioners"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    ISBN: 9781789903850
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 250 Seiten)
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Geofinance between political and financial geographies
    DDC: 332.042
    RVK:
    Keywords: Wirtschaftsgeographie ; Finanzmarkt ; Finanzsystem ; Geopolitik ; Geoökonomie ; Öffentliche Finanzen ; Globalisierung ; Räumliche Interaktion ; Welt ; International finance ; Economic geography ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Finanzwirtschaft ; Globalisierung ; Geopolitik ; Finanzpolitik
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword by Dariusz Wójcik -- Introduction. Theorizing semi-peripheral geographies of finance and banking / Christian Sellar, Silvia Grandi and Juvaria Jafri -- 1. Geofinance/banking between political and financial geographies / Christian Sellar, Silvia Grandi and Juvaria Jafri -- Part I: Spatial structures of finance and banking -- 2. The geography of international financial institutions: what can this tell us? / Silvia Grandi -- 3. Shadow banking: a geographical interpretation / Gianfranco Battisti -- 4. Spatial development and offshore financial chains / Umberto Rosati -- 5. Financial system and urban networks: an empirical analysis of Brazilian territory / Fabio Betioli Contel -- Part II: The state-bank-firm nexus in the finance semi-peripheries -- 6. Italian banks and business services as knowledge pipelines for SMEs: examples from central and eastern Europe / Christian Sellar -- 7. Spatial aspects of the Russian banking system: transformation and access to credit for small Russian firms / Svetlana Ageeva and Anna Mishura -- 8. Bulgaria's banking system: outside and inside the financial geography of Europe / Elena Stavrova -- 9. Banking reform in Vietnam: persistence of the state? / Guanie Lim and Thong Tien Nguyen -- Part III: Micro-level action and reaction of people and firms -- 10. Cross-currency swaps and local credit money creation in the Turkish banking system / Engin Yılmaz -- 11. Geographical aspects of recent banking crises in Italy / Marco Percoco -- 12. Shadow financial citizenship and the contradictions of financial inclusion in Pakistan / Juvaria Jafri -- Index.
    Abstract: "This timely book offers important new insights into the boundaries between political and financial geographies, focusing on the links between the changing strategies, policies and institutions of the state. It investigates banks and other financial institutions affected by both state policies and a globalizing financial system, and the financial resources available to firms as well as households. In so doing, the book highlights how an empirical focus on the semi-periphery of the financial system may generate new perspectives on the entanglement between geopolitics and finance. Chapters explore a range of place-specific relations, highlighting the impact of state-led reforms, the importance of models, innovation and adaptation to local conditions, and bank intermediation. Conceptually, the book engages with insights from a variety of disciplines in order to explore the connections between geo-political and geo-economic discourses, public finance and foreign policy, the practices and localization of financial institutions, and the evolution of strategies for globalizing firms. Political and financial geographers will find this book to be a compelling read, as it sheds new light on the semi-periphery, which is often overlooked in studies addressing the global financial system. Economic policy-makers working on the nexus between politics, finance and development will also benefit from reading this book"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    ISBN: 9783030037390
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 124 p. 1 illus, online resource)
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Social Sciences
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Printed edition
    Parallel Title: Printed edition
    Keywords: Social sciences Methodology ; Social Theory ; Social sciences-Philosophy ; Sociology-Research ; Social sciences-Philosophy ; Sociology-Research ; Social sciences Methodology ; Sociology. ; Culture. ; Identity (Philosophical concept) ; POLITICAL SCIENCE ; SOCIAL SCIENCE ; SOCIAL SCIENCE ; Social institutions ; Public Policy ; Anthropology ; Popular Culture ; Cultural Policy ; Cultural ; Social structure ; Sociolinguistics ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Employing three methods of assessing meaning, this book demonstrates that the thousands of human identities in English coalesce into groups that are recognizable as role sets in the contemporary social institutions of economy, kinship, religion, polity, law, education, medicine, sport, and arts. After establishing a theoretical and a methodological framework for his empirical work, David Heise presents the results obtained when meanings are assessed via dictionary definitions, collocates, and word associations. A close comparison of the results reveals that similar outcomes are obtained through each of these three different approaches of defining meaning. The final chapter summarizes the study, considers the benefits and limitations of studying society via language, and applies the results to describing how individuals operate social institutions via their daily social interactions. Aspects of this book will be of interest to social psychologists, sociologists, and linguists
    Abstract: Chapter 1. Language and Social Institutions -- Chapter 2. Analyzing Meanings of Identities -- Chapter 3. Dictionary Meanings of Identities -- Chapter 4. Contextual Meanings of Identities -- Chapter 5. Associative Meanings of Identities -- Chapter 6. Types of Meaning Compared -- Chapter 7. Meanings and Institutional Domains
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    London : Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group
    ISBN: 9781351207942
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 216 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Routledge series on Asian migration 3
    Series Statement: Routledge series on Asian migration
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Farrer, James C. International migrants in China's global city
    DDC: 305.9/069120951132
    RVK:
    Keywords: Electronic books ; China ; Schanghai ; Migration ; Einwanderer ; Soziologie
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    London : Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group
    ISBN: 9780429468933
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 560 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Routledge Companions
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The Routledge companion to animal-human history
    RVK:
    Keywords: Human-animal relationships History ; Animals History ; Animals ; Human-animal relationships ; Human-animal relationships ; History ; Animals ; History ; Animals ; Human-animal relationships ; Electronic books ; HISTORY / World ; HISTORY / Modern / General ; agency ; animal studies ; material culture ; technology ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Introduction-- 1. Writing in Animals in History Philip Howell and Hilda Kean -- I Animals and the Practice of History --2. The Other Citizens: Nationalism and Animals Sandra Swart 3. New Political History and the Writing of Animal Lives Mieke Roscher 4. Public History and Heritage: A Fruitful Approach for Privileging Animals? Hilda Kean 5. Wildlife Conservation as Cultural Memory Jan-Erik Steinkruger 6. Animals in Science: Laboratory Life from the Experimental Animal to the Model Organism Robert G.W. Kirk 7. Animals in the History of Animal and Veterinary Medicine Abigail Woods 8. Animal Matters Liv Emma Thorsen -- II Problems and Paradigms --9. Animals, Agency, and History Philip Howell 10. Animals in Victorian Literature and Culture Jennifer McDonnell 11. And Has Not Art Promoted Our Work Also? Visual Culture in Animal-Human HistoryJ. Keri Cronin 12. When Adam and Eve were Monkeys: Anthropomorphism, Zoomorphism, and Other Ways of Looking at Animals Boria Sax 13. Exhibiting Animals Helen Cowie 14. Topologies of Tenderness and Violence: Human-Animal Relations in Georgian England Carl Griffin 15. The History of Emotional Attachment to Animals Ingrid H. Tague 16. Surviving Twentieth-Century Modernity: Birdsong and Emotions in Britain Michael Guida -- -- --III Themes and Provocations --17. Breeding Julie-Marie Strange, Mick Worboys, and Neil Pemberton 18. Animals in and at War Gervase Phillips 19. Hunting and Animal-Human History Philip Howell 20. Eating Animals Chris Otter 21. Animals and Violence: Medieval Humanism, Medieval Brutality, and the Carnivorous Vegetarianism of Margery Kempe Karl Steel -- -- --Conclusions --22. Practising Animal-Human History Philip Howell -- Epilogue --Harriet Ritvo
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing | Imprint: Palgrave Macmillan
    ISBN: 9783319934358
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXV, 282 p. 3 illus. in color)
    Series Statement: Approaches to Social Inequality and Difference
    Parallel Title: Printed edition
    Parallel Title: Printed edition
    DDC: 305.8
    Keywords: Ethnography ; Ethnology-Latin America ; Natural resources ; Environmental policy ; Ontology ; Electronic books
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Full-text  ((OIS Credentials Required))
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    ISBN: 9783030007980
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXI, 390 pages)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 300.1
    Keywords: Social sciences-Philosophy ; Emotions ; Globalization ; Manners and customs ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Part One: The Book -- 1. Informalisation: An Introduction; Cas Wouters -- 2. Informalisation and Evolution: Four Phases in the Development of Steering Codes; Cas Wouters -- 3. Informalisation and Emancipation of Lust and Love: Integration of Sexualisation and Eroticisation Since the 1880s; Cas Wouters -- 4. Informalisation of Rituals in Dying and Mourning: Changes in the We-I Balance; Cas Wouters -- 5. Informalisation, Functional Democratisation and Globalisation; Cas Wouters -- 6. Universally Applicable Criteria for Analysing Social and Psychic Processes: Nine Tension Balances, One Triad; Cas Wouters -- Part Two: The Selection -- 7. Informalisation Through the Lens: Black & White and the Development of Photography as Art; Jonathan Fletcher -- 8 -- Informalisation and Brutalisation: Jihadism as a Part-Process of Global of Integration and Disintegration Processes; Michael Dunning -- 9. Informalisation and Sport: The Case of Jogging/Running in the USA (1960-2000); Raúl Sánchez-García -- 10. Informalisation and Integration Conflicts: The Two-Faced Reception of Migrants in the Netherlands; Arjan Post -- 11. Formalisation and Informalisation of Meeting Manners; Wilbert van Vree -- 12. Informalisation Sociological Theory and Social Diagnosis; Richard Kilminster
    Abstract: Over the last century and a half, manners and formalities in the West have become less status-ridden, stiff and rigid. Debates around Norbert Elias’ theory of civilising processes gave rise to questions of a change in direction of these patterns. The concept of informalisation, which describes these transformations, was first used to analyse the tumultuous changes of the 1960s and 1970s. This increasing informality, leniency and flexibility, comes hand-in-hand with a growing demand on individuals to self-regulate their emotions. This book will stimulate debate around the changes in the standards of manners and emotion regulation, and will generate new avenues of enquiry that focus on issues involving informalisation. The chapters shed light on a variety of such moral and political issues over the last 150 years, offering a new and broader scope on the present social condition of humanity. Civilisation and Informalisation will be an important addition for students and scholars of figurational process sociology, and of broader interest to academics across sociology, social psychology and social history
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing | Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9783030105341
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XVIII, 299 p. 134 illus)
    Series Statement: Demographic Research Monographs, A Series of the Max Planck Institute for Demographic Research
    Parallel Title: Printed edition
    Parallel Title: Printed edition
    DDC: 304.6
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Demography ; Statistics ; Ecology ; Electronic books
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Full-text  ((OIS Credentials Required))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cham : Springer International Publishing | Cham : Palgrave Macmillan
    ISBN: 9783030114640
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XV, 294 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Palgrave Studies in Cultural Heritage and Conflict
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 306.094
    RVK:
    Keywords: European Culture ; Cultural Policy and Politics ; Cultural Heritage ; Memory Studies ; European Union Politics ; Ethnology-Europe ; Cultural policy ; Cultural heritage ; Historiography ; European Union ; Kollektives Gedächtnis ; Kulturpolitik ; Kulturerbe ; Geschichte ; Europa ; Konferenzschrift European University Institute 27.04.2017-28.04.2017 ; Konferenzschrift European University Institute 27.04.2017-28.04.2017 ; Konferenzschrift European University Institute 27.04.2017-28.04.2017 ; Electronic books ; Europa ; Geschichte ; Kulturerbe ; Kulturpolitik ; Kollektives Gedächtnis
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Full-text  ((OIS Credentials Required))
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788970020
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 674 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: revised and extended second edition
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of regional growth and development theories
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Regionalwissenschaft ; Regionales Wachstum ; Regionalentwicklung ; Entwicklung ; Innovation ; Wissenstransfer ; Regionales Cluster ; Agglomerationseffekt ; Entwicklungspolitik ; Theorie ; Welt ; Economic development ; Regional economics ; Regional economics Econometric models ; Regional economics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Regionales Wirtschaftswachstum ; Regionalwirtschaft ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung
    Abstract: Contents: Preface to the second edition: Novelties and advances / Roberta Capello and Peter Nijkamp -- Part I: Growth theories and space -- 1. Theories of agglomeration and regional economic growth: A historical review / Philip McCann and Frank van Oort -- 2. Space, growth and development: A historical perspective and recent advances / Roberta Capello -- 3. Location/allocation of regional growth / Gunther Maier and Michaela Trippl -- 4. Regional growth and trade in the new economic geography and other recent theories / Kieran P. Donaghy -- 5. Leadership, institutions and regional economic development and growth / Roger Stough -- Part II: Development theories: Regional production factors -- 6. Agglomeration, productivity and regional growth: Production theory approaches / Jeffrey P. Cohen, Cletus C. Coughlin, and Catherine J. Morrison Paul -- 7. Territorial capital and regional development: Theoretical insights and appropriate policies / Roberto Camagni -- 8. Human capital and regional development / Alessandra Faggian, Félix Modrego and Philip McCann -- 9. Infrastructure and regional development / Johannes Bröcker, Dirk Dohse and Piet Rietveld -- 10. The nexus of entrepreneurship and regional development / Manfred M. Fischer and Peter Nijkamp -- 11. Foreign direct investments, global value chains and regional development / Laura Resmini -- Part III: Development theories: Innovation, knowledge and space -- 12. Theories of innovation in space: Path-breaking achievements in regional science / Roberta Capello -- 13. Innovation and space. Achievements and prospects / Camilla Lenzi -- 14. R&D spillovers and regional development/growth / Daria Denti -- 15. Regional development and knowledge / Borje Johansson and Charlie Karlsson -- 16. Territorial development and proximity relations / André Torre -- 17. Sustainable development and regional growth revisited / Amitrajeet A. Batabyal and Peter Nijkamp -- 18. Spatial clusters and regional development / Peter Gordon and Karima Kourtit -- Part IV: Regional growth and development measurement methods -- 19. Measuring agglomeration / Ryohei Nakamura and Catherine J. Morrison Paul -- 20. Investigating endogenous regional performance / Robert J Stimson, William Mitchell, Michael Flanagan, and Alistair Robson -- 21. Spatial-economic disparities and convergence / Stilianos Alexiadis -- 22. Heterogeneous reaction versus interaction in spatial econometric regional growth and convergence models / Julie Le Gallo and Ertur Cem -- 23. CGE modelling in space:a survey / Kieran P. Donaghy -- 24. Modern regional input-output and impact analyses / Jan Oosterhaven, Karen R. Polenske and Geoffrey J. D. Hewings -- Part V: Regional growth and development policies -- 25. Institutions and regional development / T.R. Lakshmanan and Ken J. Button -- 26. Regional policy: Rationale, foundations and measurement of effects / Jouke van Dijk, Henk Folmer and Jan Oosterhaven -- 27. Regional policy models: A review / Ana M. B. Barufi and Eduardo A. Haddad -- 28. Quantitative evaluation techniques for regional policies / Augusto Cerqua and Guido Pellegrini -- 29. The regional adjustment model: An instrument of evidence-based policy / John I. Carruthers and Gordon F. Mulligan -- 30. Economic decline and public intervention: Do special economic zones matter? / Peter Friedrich and Chang Woon Nam -- Index.
    Abstract: In recent years, economic crises, regional fragmentation trends, radical technological innovation and the failures of regional policies have expanded the knowledge horizon of experts in regional growth and development. This fully updated, revised and expanded Second Edition contains ten new chapters as well as exploring theories prevalent in the first edition in the face of recent changes in the field. With 30 chapters from leading experts from across the globe, this Handbook looks at new pathways in regional economics, presenting the most cutting-edge theories explaining regional growth and local development. It thoroughly examines recent advances in theories, the normative potentialities that they have and the cross-fertilization of ideas between regional and mainstream economists, providing crucial insights to the topic. This will be an essential source of reference and information for scholars and advanced students of regional science and regional economics. It will also be a useful tool for experts in international institutions researching regional growth
    Description / Table of Contents: Literaturangaben
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781786430700 , 1786430703
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 365
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The evolution of the theory of the firm
    DDC: 338.6
    Keywords: Theorie der Unternehmung ; Business enterprises Research ; Electronic books ; Übersichtsarbeit ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Nicolai J. Foss, Henrik Lando and Steen Thomsen (2000), 'The Theory of the Firm', in Boudewijn Bouckaert and Gerrit De Geest (eds), Encyclopedia of Law and Economics, Volume III: The Regulation of Contracts, Article No. 5610, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar Publishing, 631-58 -- 2. Fritz Machlup (1967), 'Theories of the Firm: Marginalist, Behavioral, Managerial', American Economic Review, LVII (1), March, 1-33 -- 3. Oliver Hart (1989), 'An Economist's Perspective on the Theory of the Firm', Columbia Law Review: Contractual Freedom in Corporate Law, 89 (7), November, 1757-74 -- 4. Harold Demsetz (1988), 'The Theory of the Firm Revisited', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (1), Spring, 141-61 -- 5. Brian J. Loasby (1971), 'Hypothesis and Paradigm in the Theory of the Firm', Economic Journal, 81 (324), December, 863-85 -- 6. Frank H. Knight ([1921] 1964), 'The Meaning of Risk and Uncertainty', in Risk, Uncertainty and Profit, Part Three, Chapter VII, New York, NY, USA: Augustus M. Kelley, 197-232 -- 7. John Maynard Keynes (1936), 'The State of Long-Term Expectation', in The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money, Book IV, Chapter 12, New York, NY, USA: Harcourt, Brace and World, 147-64 -- 8. Armen A. Alchian (1950), 'Uncertainty, Evolution, and Economic Theory', Journal of Political Economy, 58 (3), June, 211-21 -- 9. Richard N. Langlois and Metin M. Cosgel (1993), 'Frank Knight on Risk, Uncertainty, and the Firm: A New Interpretation', Economic Inquiry, XXXI (3), July, 456-65 -- 10. Kenneth J. Arrow (1982), 'Risk Perception in Psychology and Economics', Economic Inquiry, XX (1), January, 1-9 -- 11. David Teece, Margaret Peteraf and Sohvi Leih (2016), 'Dynamic Capabilities and Organizational Agility: Risk, Uncertainty, and Strategy in the Innovation Economy', California Management Review, 58 (4), Summer, 13-35 -- 12. Michael Polanyi ([1966] 2009), 'Tacit Knowing', in The Tacit Dimension, with a new foreword by Amartya Sen, Chapter 1, Chicago, IL, USA and London, UK: University of Chicago Press, 3-25 -- 13. Kenneth J. Arrow (1962), 'Economic Welfare and the Allocation of Resources for Invention', in Universities-National Bureau Committee for Economic Research and Committee on Economic Growth of the Social Science Research Council (eds), The Rate and Direction of Inventive Activity: Economic and Social Factors, Part VI, Princeton, NJ, USA: Princeton University Press and New York, NY, USA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 609-26 -- 14. F. A. Hayek (1945), 'The Use of Knowledge in Society', American Economic Review, XXXV (4), September, 519-30 -- 15. Ikujiro Nonaka, Ryoko Toyama and Akiya Nagata (2000), 'A Firm as a Knowledge-creating Entity: A New Perspective on the Theory of the Firm', Industrial and Corporate Change, 9 (1), March, 1-20 -- 16. David J. Teece (1981), 'The Multinational Enterprise: Market Failure and Market Power Considerations', Sloan Management Review, 22 (3), Spring, 3-17 -- 17. Bruce Kogut and Udo Zander (1993), 'Knowledge of the Firm and the Evolutionary Theory of the Multinational Corporation', Journal of International Business Studies, 24 (4), December, 625-45 -- 18. Herbert A. Simon (1972), 'Theories of Bounded Rationality', in C. B. McGuire and Roy Radner (eds), Decision and Organization: A Volume in Honor of Jacob Marschak, Chapter 8, Amsterdam, the Netherlands: North-Holland Publishing Company, 161-76 -- 19. Richard M. Cyert and James G. March ([1963] 1992), 'A Summary of Basic Concepts in the Behavioral Theory of the Firm', in A Behavioral Theory of the Firm, 2nd edn, Chapter 7, Cambridge, MA, USA and Oxford, UK: Blackwell Publishers, 161-76
    Abstract: 20. Brian J. Loasby (1967), 'Long-Range Formal Planning in Perspective', Journal of Management Studies, 4 (3), October, 300-308 -- 21. Linda Argote and Henrich R. Greve (2007), 'A Behavioral Theory of the Firm - 40 Years and Counting: Introduction and Impact', Organization Science, 18 (3), May-June, 337-49 -- 22. Oliver Hart (1990), 'Is "Bounded Rationality" an Important Element of a Theory of Institutions?', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 146 (4), December, 696-702 -- 23. Amos Tversky and Daniel Kahneman (1981), 'The Framing of Decisions and the Psychology of Choice', Science, 211 (4481), 30th January, 453-58 -- 24. Dale T. Miller (1999), 'The Norm of Self-Interest', American Psychologist, 54 (12), December, 1053-60 -- 25. Michael C. Jensen (1994), 'Self-Interest, Altruism, Incentives, and Agency Theory', Journal of Applied Corporate Finance, 7 (2), Summer, 40-45 -- 26. Oliver E. Williamson (1993), 'Opportunism and its Critics', Managerial and Decision Economics, 14 (2), March-April, 97-107 -- 27. Charles W. L. Hill (1990), 'Cooperation, Opportunism, and the Invisible Hand: Implications for Transaction Cost Theory', Academy of Management Review, 15 (3), July, 500-13 -- 28. Michael L. Barnett and Robert M. Salomon (2012), 'Does it Pay to be Really Good? Addressing the Shape of the Relationship between Social and Financial Performance', Strategic Management Journal, 33 (11), November, 1304-20 -- 29. Alexander Pepper and Julie Gore (2015), 'Behavioral Agency Theory: New Foundations for Theorizing About Executive Compensation', Journal of Management, 41 (4), May, 1045-68 -- 30. Edith T. Penrose (1960), 'The Growth of the Firm - A Case Study: The Hercules Powder Company', Business History Review, 34 (1), Spring, 1-23 -- 31. Kathleen R. Conner (1991), 'A Historical Comparison of Resource-Based Theory and Five Schools of Thought Within Industrial Organization Economics: Do We Have a New Theory of the Firm?', Journal of Management, 17 (1), March, 121-54 -- 32. Jeroen Kraaijenbrink, J.-C. Spender and Aard J. Groen (2010), 'The Resource-Based View: A Review and Assessment of Its Critiques', Journal of Management, 36 (1), January, 349-72 -- 33. David J. Teece, Gary Pisano and Amy Shuen (1997), 'Dynamic Capabilities and Strategic Management', Strategic Management Journal, 18 (7), August, 509-33 -- 34. David J. Teece (2014), 'The Foundations of Enterprise Performance: Dynamic and Ordinary Capabilities in an (Economic) Theory of Firms', Academy of Management Perspectives: Symposium, 28 (4), November, 328-52 -- 35. David J. Teece (2019), 'A Capability Theory of the Firm: An Economics and (Strategic) Management Perspective', New Zealand Economic Papers, 53 (1), 1-43 -- 36. John R. Commons (1932), 'The Problem of Correlating Law Economics and Ethics', Wisconsin Law Review, 8, 3-26 -- 37. Ian R. Macneil (1978), 'Contracts: Adjustment of Long-Term Economic Relations under Classical, Neoclassical, and Relational Contract Law', Northwestern University Law Review, 72 (6), 854-905 -- 38. Oliver E. Williamson (1981), 'The Economics of Organization: The Transaction Cost Approach', American Journal of Sociology, 87 (3), November, 548-77
    Abstract: 39. Sumantra Ghoshal and Peter Moran (1996), 'Bad for Practice: A Critique of the Transaction Cost Theory', Academy of Management Review, 21 (1), January, 13-47 -- 40. Neil M. Kay (2015), 'Coase and the Contribution of "The Nature of the Firm"', Managerial and Decision Economics, Special Issue: Coase and the Theory of the Firm, 36 (1), January, 44-54 -- 41. David J. Teece (1980), 'Economies of Scope and the Scope of the Enterprise', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 1 (3), September, 223-47 -- 42. David J. Teece (1982), 'Towards an Economic Theory of the Multiproduct Firm', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 3 (1), March, 39-63 -- 43. Kirk Monteverde and David J. Teece (1982), 'Supplier Switching Costs and Vertical Integration in the Automobile Industry', Bell Journal of Economics, 13 (1), Spring, 206-13 -- 44. David J. Teece (1986), 'Transactions Cost Economics and the Multinational Enterprise: An Assessment', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 7 (1), March, 21-45 -- 1. Douglass C. North (1986), 'The New Institutional Economics', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics: 3rd Symposium on The New Institutional Economics, 142 (1), March, 230-37 -- 2. Oliver Hart (2001), 'Norms and the Theory of the Firm', University of Pennsylvania Law Review, Symposium: Norms and Corporate Law, 149 (6), June, 1701-15 -- 3. Markus C. Becker (2005), 'The Concept of Routines: Some Clarifications', Cambridge Journal of Economics, 29 (2), March, 249-62 -- 4. Richard R. Nelson and Sidney G. Winter (1982), 'Organizational Capabilities and Behavior', in An Evolutionary Theory of Economic Change, Part II, Chapter 5, Cambridge, MA, USA and London, UK: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 96-136, references -- 5. Joseph A. Schumpeter ([1934] 1983), 'Entrepreneurial Profit', in The Theory of Economic Development: An Inquiry into Profits, Capital, Credit, Interest, and the Business Cycle, trans. by Redvers Opie, with a new introduction by John E. Elliott, Chapter IV, New Brunswick, NJ, USA and London UK: Transaction Publishers, 128-56 -- 6. Joseph A. Schumpeter ([1942] 1962), 'Crumbling Walls', in Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy, Part II, Chapter XII, New York, NY, and Evanston, IL, USA: Harper and Row Publishers, 131-42 -- 7. Edith Tilton Penrose (1959), 'The Productive Opportunity of the Firm and the "Entrepreneur"', in The Theory of the Growth of the Firm, Chapter III, New York, NY, USA: John Wiley and Sons, 31-42 -- 8. Richard N. Langlois (2007), 'The Entrepreneurial Theory of the Firm and the Theory of the Entrepreneurial Firm', Journal of Management Studies, Special Issue: The Entrepreneurial Theory of the Firm, 44 (7), November, 1107-24 -- 9. Mark Casson (2005), 'Entrepreneurship and the Theory of the Firm', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 58 (2), October, 327-48 -- 10. B. J. Loasby (1982), 'The Entrepreneur in Economic Theory', Scottish Journal of Political Economy, 29 (3), November, 235-45 -- 11. Sharon A. Alvarez and Jay B. Barney (2007), 'The Entrepreneurial Theory of the Firm', Journal of Management Studies, Special Issue: The Entrepreneurial Theory of the Firm, 44 (7), November, 1057-63 -- 12. David J. Teece (2016), 'Dynamic Capabilities and Entrepreneurial Management in Large Organizations: Toward a Theory of the (Entrepreneurial) Firm', European Economic Review, 86, July, 202-16 -- 13. Alfred Marshall ([1890] 1920), 'Industrial Organization, Continued. Business Management', in Principles of Economics: An Introductory Volume, 8th edn, Book IV, Chapter XII, London, UK: Macmillan and Co., 291-313
    Abstract: 14. Adolf A. Berle, Jr. and Gardiner C. Means ([1932] 1933), 'The Divergence of Interest between Ownership and Control', in The Modern Corporation and Private Property, Book I, Chapter VI, New York, NY, USA: The Macmillan Company, 119-25 -- 15. Harold Demsetz (1983), 'The Structure of Ownership and the Theory of the Firm', Journal of Law and Economics: Corporations and Private Property: A Conference Sponsored by the Hoover Institution, XXVI (2), June, 375-90 -- 33. David J. Teece (1986), 'Profiting from Technological Innovation: Implications for Integration, Collaboration, Licensing and Public Policy', Research Policy, 15 (6), December, 285-305 -- 16. Oliver E. Williamson (2002), 'The Theory of the Firm as Governance Structure: From Choice to Contract', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 16 (3), Summer, 171-95 -- 34. David J. Teece (2006), 'Reflections on "Profiting from Innovation"', Research Policy, 35 (8), October, 1131-46 -- 17. Thomas Donaldson and Lee E. Preston (1995), 'The Stakeholder Theory of the Corporation: Concepts, Evidence, and Implications', Academy of Management Review, 20 (1), January, 65-91 -- 35. David J. Teece (2010), 'Technological Innovation and the Theory of the Firm: The Role of Enterprise-Level Knowledge, Complementaries, and (Dynamic) Capabilities', in Bronwyn H. Hall and Nathan Rosenberg (eds), Handbook of the Economics of Innovation, Volume I, Part III, Chapter 16, Amsterdam, the Netherlands: North-Holland Publishing Company, 679-730 -- 18. Albert O. Hirschman (1980), 'Exit, Voice, and Loyalty: Further Reflections and a Survey of Recent Contributions', Milbank Memorial Fund Quarterly: Health and Society, 58 (3), Summer, 430-53 -- 36. Sidney G. Winter (2006), 'The Logic of Appropriability: From Schumpeter to Arrow to Teece', Research Policy, 35 (8), October, 1100-106 -- 19. David J. Teece (2012), 'Management and Governance of the Business Enterprise: Agency, Contracting, and Capabilities Perspectives', in Dennis C. Mueller (ed.), The Oxford Handbook of Capitalism, Part III, Chapter 8, New York, NY, USA: Oxford University Press, 220-49 -- 37. Paul Milgrom and John Roberts (1988), 'Economic Theories of the Firm: Past, Present, and Future', Canadian Journal of Economics, XXI (3), August, 444-58 -- 20. Alfred D. Chandler, Jr. ([1962] 1990), 'Conclusion - Chapters in the History of the Great Industrial Enterprise', in Strategy and Structure: Chapters in the History of the American Industrial Enterprise, Cambridge, MA, USA and London, UK: MIT Press, 383-96, notes -- 38. Christos N. Pitelis and David J. Teece (2009), 'The (New) Nature and Essence of the Firm', European Management Review, 6 (1), Spring, 5-15 -- 21. Alfred D. Chandler, Jr. (1991), 'The Functions of the HQ Unit in the Multibusiness Firm', Strategic Management Journal, Special Issue: Fundamental Research Issues in Strategy and Economics, 12 (S2), Winter, 31-50 -- 39. Pierre Garrouste and Stéphane Saussier (2005), 'Looking for a Theory of the Firm: Future Challenges', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 58 (2), October, 178-99 -- 22. Oliver E. Williamson (1975), 'The Multidivisional Structure', in Markets and Hierarchies: Analysis and Antitrust Implications, Chapter 8, New York, NY, USA: The Free Press, 132-54, references -- 23. Armen A. Alchian and Harold Demsetz (1972), 'Production, Information Costs, and Economic Organization', American Economic Review, 62 (5), December, 777-95 -- 24. William G. Ouchi (1980), 'Markets, Bureaucracies, and Clans', Administrative Science Quarterly, 25 (1), March, 129-41 -- 25. Candace Jones, William S. Hesterly and Stephen P. Borgatti (1997), 'A General Theory of Network Governance: Exchange Conditions and Social Mechanisms', Academy of Management Review, 22 (4), October, 911-45 -- 26. J. Carlos Jarillo (1988), 'On Strategic Networks', Strategic Management Journal, 9 (1), January-February, 31-41 -- 27. Walter W. Powell (1987), 'Hybrid Organizational Arrangements: New Form or Transitional Development?', California Management Review, 30 (1), Fall, 67-87 -- 28. Sumantra Ghoshal and Christopher A. Bartlett (1990), 'The Multinational Corporation as an Interorganizational Network', Academy of Management Review, 15 (4), October, 603-25 -- 29. Thorstein Veblen (1898), 'Why is Economics not an Evolutionary Science?', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 12 (4), July, 373-97 -- 30. Joseph A. Schumpeter ([1942] 1962), 'The Process of Creative Destruction', in Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy, Part II, Chapter VII, New York, NY, and Evanston, IL, USA: Harper and Row Publishers, 81-86 -- 31. W. Brian Arthur (1989), 'Competing Technologies, Increasing Returns, and Lock-In by Historical Events', Economic Journal, 99 (394), March, 116-31 -- 32. Giovanni Dosi (2013), 'Innovation, Evolution, and Economics: Where We Are and Where We Should Go', in Jan Fagerberg, Ben R. Martin and Esben Sloth Andersen (eds), Innovation Studies: Evolution and Future Challenges, Part I, Chapter 5, New York, NY, USA: Oxford University Press, 111-33
    Abstract: "This innovative collection of readings analyses how the theory of the firm evolved from several core concepts and building blocks that underpin this important area of economics. The first volume presents a variety of perspectives from leading scholars in the field before introducing the basic elements of: risk and uncertainty; information and knowledge; bounded rationality and decision making; motives and incentives; resources and capabilities; and transactions. The second volume looks at how the various elements are integrated into the modern Theory of the Firm with the notion of organization coming increasingly to the fore. It focuses on norms; rules and routines; the entrepreneur; governance; hierarchies; co-operation, teams and networks; innovation and appropriability. Together with an introduction by the editors, this collection is an invaluable reference tool for all researchers and students with an interest in the modern theory of the firm, highlighting how it needs to evolve further to address the important management and policy issues of our time"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    ISBN: 9781785365003
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (416 Seiten)
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Institutions and evolution of capitalism
    Keywords: Hodgson, Geoffrey M. ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Institutionenökonomik ; Evolutionsökonomik ; Capitalism ; Capitalism History ; Financial institutions ; Electronic books ; Festschrift ; Institutionenökonomie ; Evolutorische Wirtschaft
    Abstract: Contents: Part I -- Introduction -- 1: Institutions and evolution of capitalism in Geoff Hodgson's work / Francesca Gagliardi and David Gindis -- Part II: Foundations -- 2: Geoff hodgson on pluralism and historical specificity / Sheila C. Dow -- 3: Mathematical modelling in economics: Seeking a rationale / Tony Lawson -- 4: Dissembling nature, elusive economy / Philip Mirowski -- 5: The rest of the resume: Veblen's teaching and service activities / Charles Camic -- 6: Hodgson, cumulative causation and reflexive economic agents / John B. Davis -- Part III: Institutional economics -- 7: Bridging original and new institutional economics? / John Groenewegen -- 8: Dimensionalizing institutions / Claude Ménard -- 9: Juridical ontology and the theory of the firm / Simon Deakin -- 10 the corporation is not a nexus of contracts: It's an iphone / Richard N. Langlois -- 11: Property, possession and knowledge / Ugo Pagano -- 12: Near misses - a capitalist aborted take-off and a no-show: The united provinces and ming China / Andrew Tylecote -- 13: Institutions are neither autistic maximizers nor flocks of birds: Self-organization, power and learning in human organizations / Giovanni Dosi, Luigi Marengo and Alessandro Nuvolari -- Part IV: Evolutionary economics -- 14: Industry and trade : Marshall's magnificent dynamics / J. Stanley Metcalfe -- 15: Generalized Darwinism, the nature of selection and market efficiency / J.W. Stoelhorst -- 16: Cultural evolution, group selection and downward causation / Viktor J. Vanberg -- 17: Generalized Darwinism, routines and morality / Jack Vromen -- 18: The ubiquity of habits and routines and their contribution to management theory / Markus C. Becker -- 19: The role of selection processes in organizational evolution / Thorbjørn Knudsen -- 20: Why is evolutionary economics not an empirical science? / Kurt Dopfer and Jason Potts -- Part V: Geoff Hodgson on Geoff Hodgson -- 21: A conversation with Geoff Hodgson / Francesca Gagliardi, David Gindis and Geoffrey M. Hodgson -- Index.
    Abstract: "Geoff Hodgson has made substantial contributions to institutional and evolutionary economics, economic methodology, the history of economic thought and social theory. To mark his seminal work, this book features original contributions by world-leading scholars from fields that have played a significant role in influencing his thinking or represent key debates to which he has contributed. Building on some of the central philosophical and methodological foundations underlying Hodgson's thinking, the book is organised around the recurring themes of institutions, evolution and capitalism. The contributors explore key connections between philosophy, the history of economic thought, and institutional and evolutionary economics in the light of Hodgson's often path-breaking work. A vital read for institutional, evolutionary and heterodox economists, this book sheds new light on Hodgson's position in these fields. Drawing together critical insights, this is also an important book for economic scholars looking to improve their understanding of current theory"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Geneva, Switzerland : International Labour Office | Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788978071 , 1788978072
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xviii, 483 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Towards convergence in Europe
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Wirtschaftliche Konvergenz ; Wirtschaftsindikator ; Sozialer Indikator ; Soziale Lage ; Arbeitsbeziehungen ; EU-Sozialrecht ; EU-Sozialpolitik ; Arbeitsmarkt ; Soziale Sicherheit ; EU-Staaten ; European Pillar of Social Rights ; Convergence (Economics) ; European Union countries Economic integration ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Europäische Union ; Mitgliedsstaaten ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung ; Sozioökonomischer Wandel ; Institutionenökonomie ; Arbeitsbeziehungen
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Convergence in the EU: what role for industrial relations? / Daniel Vaughan-Whitehead and Rosalia Vazquez-Alvarez -- 2. Social convergence of the Baltic states within the enlarged EU: is limited social dialogue an impediment? / Jaan Masso, Vladyslav Soloviov, Kerly Espenberg and Inta Mierina -- 3. Belgium: is strong social concertation a driver of upward social convergence? / Ive Marx -- 4. Is France converging or not?: the role of industrial relations / Pierre Courtioux and Christine Erhel -- 5. Does the German social model support the convergence of living conditions in the EU? / Gerhard Bosch -- 6. Ireland after the Great Recession: convergence or divergence? / Philip J. O'Connell -- 7. Italy: how could industrial relations help a return to economic and social convergence? / Annamaria Simonazzi, Valerio Ciampa and Luca Villamaina -- Case study - Italy and Slovenia: two paths to labour market flexibility and social dialogue / Branko Bembič and Annamaria Simonazzi -- 8. The Netherlands: from convergence to divergence in Europe?: social dialogue and industrial relations in the face of household labour supply / Wiemer Salverda -- 9. Social convergence, development failures and industrial relations: the case of Portugal / Pilar González and António Figueiredo -- 10. Slovenia: social dialogue and social convergence between coordinated and dependent capitalism / Branko Bembič -- 11. Economic and social convergence in Spain: the elusive goal of catching up with the EU / Rafael Muñoz de Bustillo -- 12. Convergence towards better working and living conditions: the crucial role of industrial relations in Sweden / Dominique Anxo -- 13. The United Kingdom's record on economic and social convergence with europe: a pre-Brexit appraisal / Damian Grimshaw -- Index.
    Abstract: The main original aim of the European Union was to promote convergence towards higher economic growth and social standards. However, EU countries have sometimes experienced different trajectories, due in part to their different starting points and the fact that their convergence on particular socio-economic indicators has varied. At the same time, little evidence has so far been presented on cross-country convergence within the EU. This book aims to answer a number of important questions. To what extent have European countries converged or diverged with EU-wide economic and social indicators over the past 20 years? What have been the drivers of convergence? Why do some countries lag behind, while others experience continuous upward convergence? Why are these trajectories not always linear? Particular attention is paid to the role of institutions, actors and industrial relations - focusing on the resources and strategies of governments, employers and trade unions - in nudging EU countries onto an upward convergence path. This book provides a unique analysis of socio-economic indicators to identify convergence trends in the EU. It defines a number of clusters that help to gauge the strengths and weaknesses of national socio-economic models and the European Social Model. Cross-country case studies help to identify the possible impact of global movements (migration, foreign investment) and policies (social protection, social dialogue, employment) on cross-country convergence. This book offers a timely assessment of convergence within the EU, identifying its drivers in the world of work and in institutions and industrial relations. It presents examples of where institutions and industrial relations can change convergence outcomes and proposes a range of useful policy options. Scholars and researchers will find it an invaluable reference for studies of European affairs and social policies
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    ISBN: 9781786437686
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 363
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Regional economic advantage
    DDC: 338.9
    Keywords: Regionalentwicklung ; Räumlicher Wettbewerb ; Wettbewerbsvorteil ; Regionales Cluster ; Industrialisierung ; Innovationssystem ; Relationale Wirtschaftsgeographie ; Regionalpolitik ; Regionalentwicklung ; Räumlicher Wettbewerb ; Wettbewerbsvorteil ; Regionales Cluster ; Industrialisierung ; Innovationssystem ; Relationale Wirtschaftsgeographie ; Regionalpolitik ; Smart Specialisation ; Constructing Regional Advantage ; Smart Specialisation ; Regional economics ; Electronic books ; Übersichtsarbeit ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Sebastiano Brusco (1982), 'The Emilian Model: Productive Decentralisation and Social Integration', Cambridge Journal of Economics, 6 (2), June, 167-84 -- 2. Giacomo Becattini (1990), 'The Marshallian Industrial District as a Socio-Economic Notion', in F. Pyke, G. Becattini and W. Sengenberger (eds), Industrial Districts and Inter-Firm Co-Operation in Italy, Chapter 4, Geneva, Switzerland: International Institute for Labour Studies, 37-51 -- 3. Sebastiano Brusco (1990), 'The Idea of the Industrial District: Its Genesis', in F. Pyke, G. Becattini and W. Sengenberger (eds), Industrial Districts and Inter-Firm Co-Operation in Italy, Chapter 2, Geneva, Switzerland: International Institute for Labour Studies, 10-19 -- 4. Bjørn T. Asheim (2000), 'Industrial Districts: The Contributions of Marshall and Beyond', in Gordon L. Clark, Maryann P. Feldman and Meric S. Gertler (eds), The Oxford Handbook of Economic Geography, Part IV, Section 9, Chapter 21, New York, NY, USA: Oxford University Press, 413-31 -- 5. Roberto P. Camagni (1995), 'The Concept of Innovative Milieu and its Relevance for Public Policies in European Lagging Regions', Papers in Regional Science, 74 (4), October, 317-40 -- 6. Denis Maillat (1995), 'Territorial Dynamic, Innovative Milieus and Regional Policy', Entrepreneurship and Regional Development, 7 (2), 157-65 -- 7. Giorgio Fuà (1983), 'Rural Industrialization in Later Developed Countries: The Case of Northeast and Central Italy', Banca Nazionale del Lavoro Quarterly Review, 36 (147), December, 351-77 -- 8. Charles Sabel and Jonathan Zeitlin (1985), 'Historical Alternatives to Mass Production: Politics, Markets and Technology in Nineteenth-Century Industrialization', Past and Present, 108 (1), August, 133-76 -- 9. A. J. Scott (1988), 'Flexible Production Systems and Regional Development: The Rise of New Industrial Spaces in North America and Western Europe', International Journal of Urban and Regional Research, 12 (2), June, 171-85 -- 10. Michael Storper and Bennett Harrison (1991), 'Flexibility, Hierarchy and Regional Development: The Changing Structure of Industrial Production Systems and Their Forms of Governance in the 1990s', Research Policy, 20 (5), October, 407-22 -- 11. Ash Amin and Nigel Thrift (1992), 'Neo-Marshallian Nodes in Global Networks', International Journal of Urban and Regional Research, 16 (4), December, 571-87 -- 12. Michael Storper (1995), 'The Resurgence of Regional Economies, Ten Years Later: The Region as a Nexus of Untraded Interdependencies', European Urban and Regional Studies, 2 (3), July, 191-221 -- 13. AnnaLee Saxenian (1996), 'Inside-Out: Regional Networks and Industrial Adaptation in Silicon Valley and Route 128', Cityscape: Bridging Regional Growth and Community Empowerment, 2 (2), May, 41-60 -- 14. Richard Florida (2002), 'The Economic Geography of Talent', Annals of the Association of American Geographers, 92 (4), 743-55 -- 15. Meric S. Gertler (2003), 'Tacit Knowledge and the Economic Geography of Context, or The Undefinable Tacitness of Being (There)', Journal of Economic Geography, 3 (1), January, 75-99 -- 16. Michael Storper and Anthony J. Venables (2004), 'Buzz: Face-to-Face Contact and the Urban Economy', Journal of Economic Geography, 4 (4), August, 351-70 -- 17. Andrés Rodríguez-Pose (2013), 'Do Institutions Matter for Regional Development?', Regional Studies, 47 (7), 1034-47 -- 18. Bjørn Asheim, Philip Cooke and Ron Martin (2006), 'The Rise of the Cluster Concept in Regional Analysis and Policy: A Critical Assessment', in Clusters and Regional Development: Critical Reflections and Explorations, Chapter 1, Abingdon, UK: Routledge, 1-29 -- 19. Michael E. Porter (2000), 'Locations, Clusters, and Company Strategy', in Gordon L. Clark, Maryann P. Feldman and Meric S. Gertler (eds), The Oxford Handbook of Economic Geography, Part III, Section 6, Chapter 13, New York, NY, USA: Oxford University Press, 253-74
    Abstract: 20. Ron Martin and Peter Sunley (2003), 'Deconstructing Clusters: Chaotic Concept or Policy Panacea?', Journal of Economic Geography, 3 (1), January, 5-35 -- 21. Maryann P. Feldman, Johanna Francis and Janet Bercovitz (2005), 'Creating a Cluster While Building a Firm: Entrepreneurs and the Formation of Industrial Clusters', Regional Studies, 39 (1), February, 129-41 -- 22. Anders Malmberg and Dominic Power (2006), 'True Clusters: A Severe Case of Conceptual Headache', in Bjørn Asheim, Philip Cooke and Ron Martin (eds), Clusters and Regional Development: Critical Reflections and Explorations, Chapter 3, Abingdon, UK: Routledge, 50-68 -- 23. Anders Malmberg and Peter Maskell (2006), 'Localized Learning Revisited', Growth and Change, 37 (1), March, 1-18 -- 24. Bjørn T. Asheim, Arne Isaksen, Roman Martin and Michaela Trippl (2017), 'The Role of Clusters and Public Policy in New Regional Economic Path Development', in Dirk Fornahl and Robert Hassink (eds), The Life Cycle of Clusters: A Policy Perspective, Part I, Chapter 1, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar Publishing, 13-34 -- 25. Philip Cooke (2001), 'Regional Innovation Systems, Clusters, and the Knowledge Economy', Industrial and Corporate Change, 10 (4), December, 945-74 -- 26. Kevin Morgan (1997), 'The Learning Region: Institutions, Innovation and Regional Renewal', Regional Studies, 31 (5), 491-503 -- 27. Maryann P. Feldman (2000), 'Location and Innovation: The New Economic Geography of Innovation, Spillovers, and Agglomeration', in Gordon L. Clark, Maryann P. Feldman and Meric S. Gertler (eds), The Oxford Handbook of Economic Geography, Part IV, Section 8, Chapter 19, New York, NY, USA: Oxford University Press, 373-94 -- 28. Bjørn T. Asheim and Arne Isaksen (2002), 'Regional Innovation Systems: The Integration of Local "Sticky" and Global "Ubiquitous" Knowledge', Journal of Technology Transfer, 27 (1), January, 77-86 -- 29. Franz Tödtling and Michaela Trippl (2005), 'One Size Fits All? Towards a Differentiated Regional Innovation Policy Approach', Research Policy: Regionalization of Innovation Policy, 34 (8), October, 1203-19 -- 30. Bjørn T. Asheim and Meric S. Gertler (2005), 'The Geography of Innovation: Regional Innovation Systems', in Jan Fagerberg, David C. Mowery and Richard R. Nelson (eds), The Oxford Handbook of Innovation, Part II, Chapter 11, New York, NY, USA: Oxford University Press, 291-317 -- 31. Harald Bathelt, Anders Malmberg and Peter Maskell (2004), 'Clusters and Knowledge: Local Buzz, Global Pipelines and the Process of Knowledge Creation', Progress in Human Geography, 28 (1), February, 31-56 -- 32. Kevin Morgan (2004), 'The Exaggerated Death of Geography: Learning, Proximity and Territorial Innovation Systems', Journal of Economic Geography, 4 (1), January, 3-21 -- 33. AnnaLee Saxenian (2005), 'From Brain Drain to Brain Circulation: Transnational Communities and Regional Upgrading in India and China', Studies in Comparative International Development, 40 (2), Summer, 35-61 -- 34. Elisa Giuliani and Martin Bell (2005), 'The Micro-Determinants of Meso-Level Learning and Innovation: Evidence from a Chilean Wine Cluster', Research Policy, 34 (1), February, 47-68 -- 35. Henry Wai-chung Yeung (2009), 'Regional Development and the Competitive Dynamics of Global Production Networks: An East Asian Perspective', Regional Studies: Local and Regional Development in Asia, 43 (3), April, 325-51 -- 36. Dominique Foray (2014), 'From Smart Specialisation to Smart Specialisation Policy', European Journal of Innovation Management, Special Issue: Research and Innovation Strategies for Smart Specialisation in Europe, 17 (4), 492-507 -- 37. Ron Boschma (2014), 'Constructing Regional Advantage and Smart Specialisation: Comparison of Two European Policy Concepts', Italian Journal of Regional Science, Special Issue: Smart Specialisation and the New EU Cohesion Policy Reform, 13 (1), 51-68 -- 38. Philip McCann and Raquel Ortega-Argilés (2015), 'Smart Specialization, Regional Growth and Applications to European Union Cohesion Policy', Regional Studies: Place-Based Economic Development and the New EU Cohesion Policy, 49 (8), 1291-302
    Abstract: 39. Bjørn Asheim, Markus Grillitsch and Michaela Trippl (2017), 'Smart Specialization as an Innovation-Driven Strategy for Economic Diversification: Examples From Scandinavian Regions', in Slavo Radosevic, Adrian Curaj, Radu Gheorghiu, Liviu Andreescu and Imogen Wade (eds), Advances in the Theory and Practice of Smart Specialization, Chapter 4, London and Oxford, UK and Cambridge MA and San Diego, CA, USA: Academic Press, 73-97 -- 40. Ron A. Boschma (2004), 'Competitiveness of Regions from an Evolutionary Perspective', Regional Studies, 38 (9), December, 1001-14 -- 41. Ron Martin (2010), 'Roepke Lecture in Economic Geography - Rethinking Regional Path Dependence: Beyond Lock-in to Evolution', Economic Geography, 86 (1), January, 1-27 -- 42. Ron Boschma (2015), 'Towards an Evolutionary Perspective on Regional Resilience', Regional Studies: Evolutionary Economic Geography: Theoretical and Empirical Progress, 49 (5), 733-51 -- 43. James Simmie (2013), 'Path Dependence and New Technological Path Creation in the Economic Landscape', in Philip Cooke (ed.), Re-framing Regional Development: Evolution, Innovation and Transition, Part II, Chapter 8, Abingdon, UK: Routledge, 164-85 -- 44. Stuart Dawley, Danny MacKinnon, Andrew Cumbers and Andy Pike (2015), 'Policy Activism and Regional Path Creation: The Promotion of Offshore Wind in North East England and Scotland', Cambridge Journal of Regions, Economy and Society, 8 (2), July, 257-72 -- 45. Arne Isaksen and Michaela Trippl (2016), 'Path Development in Different Regional Innovation Systems: A Conceptual Analysis', in Mario Davide Parrilli, Rune Dahl Fitjar and Andrés Rodríguez-Pose (eds), Innovation Drivers and Regional Innovation Strategies, Part I, Chapter 4, New York, NY, USA and Abingdon, UK: Routledge, 66-84
    Abstract: This comprehensive literature review presents key contributions to the topic of regional economic advantage. It helps the reader to understand how regions build advantage for industrial development through the use of endogenous and exogenous resources, how regional industrial development can be supported by place-based policy, and how the form and mechanisms of regional advantage change over time in a path dependent manner. Also analysed is research on industrial districts and new industrial spaces, as well as regional clusters and innovation systems, along with more recent discussion of global development impulses and evolutionary perspectives on regional development. Written by three experts in the field, this important review is an essential resource for those studying, researching or practicing in this area
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    ISBN: 9781786431530
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vii, 281 Seiten)
    Additional Information: Kommentar in De Vroey, Michel, 1942 - Should the history of macroeconomics steer cear of the fray or be partisan? Louvain-la-Neuve : Institut de recherche économiques et sociales, UC Louvain, 2020
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Ingrao, Bruna, 1947 - Banks and finance in modern macroeconomics
    Keywords: Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Finanzsystem ; Finanzsektor ; Makroökonomik ; Geldtheorie ; Macroeconomics Econometric models ; Banks and banking ; Finance ; Electronic books ; Makroökonomie ; Kreditmarkt ; Bankgeschäft ; Ideengeschichte
    Abstract: Contents: Part I From the 1920s to the early postwar period 1. Introduction -- 2. Banks and the quantity theory: Wicksell and Fisher -- 3. Money and banking in the process of change: Schumpeter and Robertson -- 4. Banks, debt and deflation in the Great Depression -- 5. Keynes on banks in a treatise, the general theory and after -- 6. Further discussions and criticisms of Keynes's general theory -- Part II From the neoclassical synthesis to new Keynesian economics -- 7. Finance in macroeconomics in the post-war years: the neoclassical synthesis -- 8. The Monetarist counter-revolution: from the 'resuscitation' to the disappearance of money -- 9. Credit and finance in today mainstream -- 10. Conclusions -- Index.
    Abstract: In this significant new book, Bruna Ingrao and Claudio Sardoni emphasize the crucial importance of considering credit/debt relations and financial markets for a comprehensive understanding of the world in which we live. The book offers both a thorough historical and theoretical reconstruction of how 20th century macroeconomics got (or did not get) to grips with the interactions between banks and financial markets, and the 'real' economy. The book is split into two distinct and thematic parts to expose the different attitudes to banks and finance before and after the Great Depression of the 1930s. Part I explores the period from the turn of the 20th century to the late 1930s, when many important economists devoted great attention to banks and credit relations in their explanations of the working of market economies. Part II discusses the post-war period up until the modern day, when banks and financial markets ceased to be a major concern of mainstream macroeconomics. The 2007-8 crisis gave rise to a renewed interest in credit relations, but many problems inherited from the past still remain open. The authors stress, in particular, the implications of the uneasy, if not impossible, coexistence of the endeavour to set macroeconomics within the framework of general equilibrium theory with the attempt to develop the analysis of the monetary and financial features of actual economies. Macroeconomists will greatly benefit from this timely book as it examines the historical evolution of the discipline, pointing out the major factors that have largely prevented the development of satisfactory analyses of the interrelations of credit, finance and the macroeconomy. Those involved in current economic policy debates will also benefit from the lessons offered in this book
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    ISBN: 9781788112611
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 451 Seiten)
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 333.79
    Keywords: Energy policy ; Energy industries Technological innovations ; Renewable natural resources Research ; Energy development ; Energy industries ; Technological innovations ; Energy policy ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Introduction -- 1. Introduction -- 2. The changing role of energy in society -- Part II: Policies and institutions -- 3. Energy policy -- 4. Science and technology innovation -- 5. Energy innovation -- Part III: Technology case studies -- 6. Understanding and measuring energy innovation -- 7. Heat pumps -- 8. Wind energy -- 9. Wave energy -- 10. Building integrated photovoltaics -- 11. Shale gas -- 12. Smart grids -- Part IV: Lessons -- 13. Lessons for effective energy innovation -- Index.
    Abstract: "This book addresses the question: how effective are countries in promoting the innovation needed to facilitate an energy transition? Chapters explore energy policy and institutions, innovation policy in general, as well as energy innovation in key countries, including the US, Germany, the UK, China, Japan and Korea, and the EU. At the heart of Energy Innovation for the 21st Century is a fascinating set of international empirical case studies covering supply and demand side technologies at different levels of maturity. These are set within an analytical framework encompassing the functions of technological innovation systems and innovation metrics. The book explores energy, science and technology policies, contextualising the case studies to aid the assessment of the overall performance of innovation systems. Drawing together lessons for energy innovation policy and institutional design, this book is a much-needed resource for sustainability and innovation scholars and researchers. Policy-makers and practitioners will also benefit from the practical advice offered in this timely volume"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788119801 , 1788119800
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 366
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Empirical health economics
    DDC: 338.473621
    Keywords: Gesundheitsökonomik ; Ökonometrie ; Empirische Methode ; Theorie ; Medical economics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Gesundheitsökonomie
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Richard Auster, Irving Leveson and Deborah Sarachek (1969), 'The Production of Health, an Exploratory Study', Journal of Human Resources, 4 (4), Autumn, 411-36 -- 2. Mark R. Rosenzweig and T. Paul Schultz (1983), 'Estimating a Household Production Function: Heterogenity, the Demand for Health Inputs, and Their Effects on Birth Weight', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (5), October, 723-46 -- 3. Gary S. Becker, Michael Grossman and Kevin M. Murphy (1994), 'An Empirical Analysis of Cigarette Addiction', American Economic Review, 84 (3), June, 396-418 -- 4. Donna B. Gilleskie (1998), 'A Dynamic Stochastic Model of Medical Care Use and Work Absence', Econometrica, 66 (1), January, 1-45 -- 5. Marcos Vera-Hernández (2003),'Structural Estimation of a Principal Agent Model: Moral Hazard in Medical Insurance', RAND Journal of Economics, 34 (4), Winter, 670-93 -- 6. Peter Arcidiacono, Holger Sieg and Frank Sloan (2007), 'Living Rationally Under the Volcano? An Empirical Analysis of Heavy Drinking and Smoking', International Economic Review, 48 (1), February, 37-65 -- 7. Naihua N. Duan, Willard G. Manning, Jr., Carl N. Morris and Joseph P. Newhouse (1983), 'A Comparison of Alternative Models for the Demand for Medical Care', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 1 (2), April, 115-26 -- 8. Williard G. Manning (1998),'The Logged Dependent Variable, Heteroscedasticity, and the Retransformation Problem', Journal of Health Economics, 17 (3), June, 283-95 -- 9. David K. Blough, Carolyn W. Madden, and Mark C. Hornbrook (1999), 'Modeling Risk Using Generalized Linear Models', Journal of Health Economics, 18 (2), April, 153-71 -- 10. Donna B. Gilleskie and Thomas A. Mroz (2004), 'A Flexible Approach for Estimating the Effects of Covariates on Health Expenditures', Journal of Health Economics, 23 (3), March, 391-418 -- 11. Anirban Basu and Paul J. Rathouz (2005),'Estimating Marginal and Incremental Effects on Health Outcomes Using Flexible Link and Variance Function Models', Biostatistics, 6 (1), January, 93-109 -- 12. Willard G. Manning, Anirban Basu and John Mullahy (2005), 'Generalized Modelling Approaches to Risk Adjustment of Skewed Outcomes Data' Journal of Health Economics, 24 (3), May, 465-88 -- 13. Andrew M. Jones, James Lomas and Nigel Rice (2015),' Healthcare Cost Regressions: Going Beyond the Mean to Estimate the Full Distribution', Health Economics, 24 (9), April, 1192-212 -- 14. John Mullahy (1986),'Specification and Testing of Some Modified Count Data Models', Journal of Econometrics, 33 (3), December, 341-65 -- 15. Bryan Dowd, Roger Feldman, Steven Cassou and Michael Finch (1991), 'Health Plan Choice and the Utilization of Health Care Services', Review of Economics and Statistics, 73 (1), February, 85-93 -- 16. Marcel Kerkhofs and Maarten Lindeboom (1995), 'Subjective Health Measures and State Dependent Reporting Errors', Health Economics, 4 (3), May-June, 221-35 -- 17. Winfried Pohlmeier and Volker Ulrich (1995), 'An Econometric Model of the Two-Part Decisonmaking Process in the Demand for Health Care', Journal of Human Resources, 30 (2), Spring, 339-61 -- 18. Partha Deb and Pravin K. Trivedi (1997),'Demand for Medical Care by the Elderly: A Finite Mixture Approach', Journal of Applied Econometrics, 12 (3), May/ June, 313-36 -- 19. David M. Zimmer and Pravin K. Trivedi (2006), 'Using Trivariate Copulas to Model Sample Selection and Treatment Effects: Application to Family Health Care Demand', Journal of Business and Economics Statistics, 24 (1), January, 63-76
    Abstract: 20. Gary Koop, Jacek Osiewalski and Mark F.J. Steel (1997),'Bayesian Efficiency Analysis through Individual Effects: Hospital Cost Frontiers', Journal of Econometrics, 76 (1-2), February, 77-105 -- 21. Barton H. Hamilton (1999),'HMO Selection and Medicare Costs: Bayesian MCMC Estimation of a Robust Panel Data Tobit Model with Survival', Health Economics, 8 (5), July, 403-14 -- 22. John Geweke, Gautam Gowrisankaran and Robert J. Town (2003),'Bayesian Inference for Hospital Quality in A Selection Model',Econometrica, 71 (4), July, 1215-38 -- 23. Partha Deb, Murat K. Munkin and Pravin K. Trivedi (2006),'Bayesian Analysis of the Two-Part Model with Endogeneity: Application to Health Care Expenditure', Journal of Applied Econometrics, 21 (7), November, 1081-99 -- 24. José M. Labeaga (1999),'A Double-Hurdle Rational Addiction Model with Heterogeneity: Estimating the Demand for Tobacco', Journal of Econometrics, 93 (1), November, 49-72 -- 25. Paul Contoyannis, Andrew M. Jones and Nigel Rice (2004), 'The Dynamics of Health in the British Household Panel Survey', Journal of Applied Econometrics, 19 (4), July-August, 473-503 -- 26. Teresa Bago d'Uva (2006),'Latent Class Models for Utilisation of Health Care', Health Economics, 15 (4), March, 329-43 -- 27. Francesco Moscone, Martin Knapp and Elisa Tosetti (2007),'Mental Health Expenditure in England: A Spatial Panel Approach', Journal of Health Economics, 26 (4), July, 842-64 -- 28. Mark McClellan, Barbara J. McNeil and Joseph P. Newhouse, (1994), 'Does More Intensive Treatment of Acute Myocardial Infarction in the Elderly Reduce Mortality?, Journal of the American Medical Association, 272 (11), September, 859-66 -- 29. Jeffrey S. Hoch, Andrew H. Briggs and Andrew R. Willan (2002), 'Something Old, Something New, Something Borrowed and Something Blue: A Framework for the Marriage of Health Econometrics and Cost-Effectiveness Analysis', Health Economics, 11 (5), January, 415-30 -- 30. Anirban Basu, James J. Heckman, Salvador Navarro-Lozano and Sergio Urzua (2007),'Use of Instrumental Variables in the Presence of Heterogeneity and Self-Selection: An Application to Treatments of Breast Cancer Patients', Health Economics, 16 (11), October, 1133-57 -- 31. Willard G. Manning, Joseph P. Newhouse, Naihua N. Duan, Emmett B. Keeler and Arleen Leibowitz (1987),'Health Insurance and the Demand for Medical Care: Evidence from a Randomized Experiment', American Economic Review, 77 (3), June, 251-77 [27] -- 32. Paul Gertler (2004), 'Do Conditional Cash Transfers Improve Childs Health? Evidence from PROGRESA's Control Randomized Experiment', American Economic Review, 94 (2), May, 336-41 -- 33. Amy Finkelstein, Sarah Taubman, Bill Wright, Mira Bernstein, Jonathan Gruber, Joseph P. Newhouse, Heidi Allen, Katherine Baicker, and the Oregon Health Study Group (2012), 'The Oregon Health Insurance Experiment: Evidence From The First Year', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 127 (3), August, 1057-106 -- 34. David Card and Lara D. Shore-Sheppard (2004),'Using Discontinuous Eligibility Rules to Identify the Effects of the Federal Medicaid Expansions on Low-Income Children', Review of Economics and Statistics, 86 (3), August, 752-66 -- 35. Arild Aakvik, James J. Heckman and Edward J. Vytlacil (2005), 'Estimating Treatment Effects for Discrete Outcomes when Responses to Treatment Vary: An Application to Norwegian Vocational Rehabilitation Programs', Journal of Econometrics, 125 (1-2), April, 15-51 -- 36. Gerard J. van den Berg, Maarten Lindeboom and France Portrait (2006),'Economic Conditions Early in Life and Individual Mortality', American Economic Review, 96 (1), March, 290-302 -- 37. Sandra E. Black, Paul J. Devereux and Kjell G. Salvanes (2007),'From The Cradle to the Labor Market? The Effect of Birth Weight on Adult Outcomes', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 122 (1), February, 409-39 -- 38. Douglas Almond and Joseph J. Doyle Jr (2011),'After Midnight: A Regression Discontinuity Design in Length of Postpartum Hospital Stays', American Economic Journal: Economic Policy, 3 (3), August, 1-34
    Abstract: 39. Martin Gaynor, Rodrigo Moreno-Serra and Carol Propper (2013), 'Death by Market Power: Reform, Competition, and Patient Outcomes in the National Health Service', American Economic Journal: Economic Policy, 5 (4), November, 134-66
    Abstract: "This important collection gathers the most influential literature in the area of empirical health economics. Health economics provides empirical evidence to aid decision-making across a broad spectrum of issues in health and health care. This evidence is often derived from econometric methods. This title brings together landmark contributions to the development and application of these methods which span the field, ranging from structural models, models for health care costs and other microeconometric approaches, including bayesian methods, longitudinal data, applications to health technology assessment, along with field experiments and policy evaluation. Prefaced by an original introduction from the editor, this collection will be of interest to economic researchers and students as well as health scholar's wishing to explore the development of modern econometrics applied to health policy"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788978521
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 229 Seiten)
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Moosa, Imad A., 1952 - The economics of war
    DDC: 330
    RVK:
    Keywords: Kriegswirtschaft ; Militärökonomik ; Rüstungsindustrie ; Militärpolitik ; Rüstungspolitik ; Welt ; War Economic aspects ; Profiteering ; Militarism ; Imperialism ; Electronic books ; Krieg ; Wirtschaftssystem
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. War is a racket: in memory of Smedley Butler -- 2. The causes of war -- 3. War versus peace: the outcome of a binary process -- 4. Imperialism as an enterprise -- 5. Wars of aggression and false flags -- 6. War profiteering, the military-industrial complex and the deep state -- 7. A taxonomy of war profiteers -- 8. Banks as war profiteers -- 9. Further thoughts -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "Bad things occur and persist because of the presence of powerful beneficiaries. In this provocative and illuminating book, Imad Moosa illustrates the economic motivations behind the last 100 years of international conflict, citing the numerous powerful individual and corporate war profiteers that benefit from war. Inspired and informed by War is a Racket, the 1935 work of General Smedley Butler, the author explores historic and contemporary incidents of war profiteering, identifying individuals and groups that have increased their wealth through the supply of weaponry, mercenaries, provisions and finance in times of war. This book offers a caustic indictment of the military-industrial complex, exploring the privatisation of conflict that has fuelled war across the globe. Providing a contemporary, in-depth analysis of the economics of war, this book is critical for academics and students of war studies, international relations and military and political history. Policy makers will also benefit from this book's comprehensive analysis of wartime policy and practice"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781786432339
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 358
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Vanberg, Viktor, 1943 - Choice and economic welfare
    DDC: 330
    Keywords: Neue politische Ökonomie ; Wohlfahrtsökonomik ; Soziale Wohlfahrtsfunktion ; Verfassungsökonomik ; Economics Political aspects ; Electronic books ; Übersichtsarbeit ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wohlfahrt
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 20. Kenneth J. Arrow (1969), 'Values and Collective Decision-Making', in Peter Laslett and W.G. Runciman (eds), Philosophy, Politics and Society: Third Series, Oxford, UK: Basil Blackwell, 215-32 -- 21. Amartya Sen (1995), 'Rationality and Social Choice', American Economic Review, 85 (1), March, 1-24 -- 22. Amartya Sen (1997), 'Individual Preference as the Basis of Social Choice', in Kenneth J. Arrow, Amartya Sen and Kotaro Suzumura (eds.), Social Choice Re-examined, Volume 1: Proceedings of the IEA Conference Held at Schloss Hernstein, Berndorf, near Vienna, Austria, London, UK: Palgrave Macmillan, 15-37 -- 23. Kotaro Suzumura (2002), 'Introduction to Social Choice and Welfare', Banca D'Italia Temi Di Discussion Del Servizio Studi, 422, March, 1-45 -- 24. Knut Wicksell (1958) 'A New Principle of Just Taxation', in Richard A. Musgrave and Alan T. Peacock (eds), Classics in the Theory of Public Finance, London, UK: Palgrave Macmillan, 72-118 -- 25. John Rawls (1957), 'I. Justice as Fairness', Journal of Philosophy, 54 (22), October, 653-62 -- 26. James M. Buchanan (1964), 'What Should Economists Do?', Southern Economic Journal, 30 (3), January, 213-22 -- 27. John Rawls (1999), 'The Main Ideas of the Theory of Justice', in A Theory of Justice: Revised Edition, Chapter 1, Section 3, Cambridge, MA, USA: The Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 10-15 -- 28. James M. Buchanan (1977), 'Notes on Justice in Contract ', in Freedom in Constitutional Contract: Perspectives of a Political Economist, College Station, TX, USA: Texas A&M University Press, 123-34 -- 29. Geoffrey Brennan and James M. Buchanan (1985), 'The Contractarian Vision', in The Reasons of Rules: Constitutional Political Economy, Chapter 2, Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 19-32 -- 30. Russell Hardin (1988), 'Review Article: Constitutional Political Economy: Agreement on Rules', British Journal of Political Science, 18 (4), October, 513-30 -- 31. Viktor J. Vanberg (1994), 'Individual Choice and Institutional Constraints: The Normative Element in Classical and Contractarian Liberalism', in Rules and Choice in Economics, Part VI, Chapter 13, London, UK and New York, NY, USA: Routledge, 208-34, references -- 32. Georg Vanberg and Viktor Vanberg (2017), 'Contractarian Perspectives in Law and Economics', in Francesco Parisi (ed.), 'The Oxford Handbook of Law and Economics: Volume 1, Methodology and Concepts', Oxford, UK and New York, NY, USA: Oxford University Press, 246-67 -- 33. Friedrich A. Hayek (1960), 'Economic Policy and the Rule of Law', in The Constitution of Liberty, Chapter 15, Chicago, IL, USA: University of Chicago Press, 220-33, references -- 34. James M. Buchanan and Gordon Tullock (1962), 'A Generalized Economic Theory of Constitutions', in The Calculus of Consent: Logical Foundations of Constitutional Democracy, Part II, Chapter 6, Ann Arbor: MI, USA: University of Michigan Press, 63-84, references -- 35. Franz Böhm (1989),'Rule of Law in a Market Economy', in Alan T. Peacock and Hans Willgerodt (eds), Germany's Social Market Economy: Origins and Evolution, New York, NY, USA: St. Martin's Press, 46-67 -- 36. Gilbert W. Nutter (1968), 'Economic Welfare and Welfare Economics', Journal of Economic Issues, 2 (2), 166-72 -- 37. Rutledge Vining (1984), 'Three Main Concepts That Inhere In The Circumstances Cited' and 'Concluding Remarks upon What an Economic System is, and the Problem of Specifying Norms of the Outcome of its Working', in On Appraising the Performance of an Economic System, Chapter 1 and Chapter 6, Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 3-33, 170-81, references -- 38. James M. Buchanan (1987), 'The Constitution of Economic Policy', American Economic Review, 77 (3), June, 243-50
    Abstract: 39. Helmut Leipold (1990), 'Neoliberal Ordnungstheorie and Constitutional Economics: A Comparison between Eucken and Buchanan', Constitutional Political Economy, 1 (1), December, 47-65 -- 40. James M. Buchanan (1995), 'Individual Rights, Emergent Social States, and Behavioural Feasibility', Rationality and Society, 7 (2), April, 141-50 -- 41. Viktor J. Vanberg (2005), 'Market and State: The Perspective of Constitutional Political Economy', Journal of Institutional Economics, 1 (1), June, 23-49
    Abstract: This important research literature review discusses some of the most prominent literature in the field of individual choice and economic welfare. It analyses material exploring how economics as a scientific enterprise may inform political decision-making. The premise is explored paradigmatically through different interpretations including utility-individualism in the context of welfare economics, preference-individualism in social choice theory, and choice-individualism in constitutional economics. The review covers the foundational literature as well as contemporary pieces, which have sparked further discussion in the field. This review will be valuable to researchers and scholars alike as well as to all those gravitating towards this fascinating topic
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781784715694
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 444 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of the politics of labour, work and employment
    DDC: 331.1
    Keywords: Arbeitsmarkttheorie ; Arbeitsmarktpolitik ; Erwerbstätigkeit ; Arbeitsgesellschaft ; Arbeitsbeziehungen ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Kapitalismus ; Globalisierung ; Wirtschaftsliberalismus ; Alternative Ökonomie ; Labor Political aspects ; Work Political aspects ; Employment (Economic theory) Political aspects ; Industrial relations ; Personnel management ; Labor laws and legislation ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Beschäftigung ; Arbeitsmarktpolitik
    Abstract: Contents: 1. The politics of labour, work and employment / Gregor Gall -- Part I: Foundations for understanding the politics of labour, work and employment -- 2. A theoretical framework for labour, work, and employment research / Bruce E. Kaufman -- 3. Pre- and post-capitalist labour, work and employment / Neil Davidson -- 4. Labour, work and employment in the age of globalised neo-liberalism / Jason Heyes and Thomas Hastings -- 5. The neo-liberal state and the regulation of class relations / Chris Howell -- 6. Different types of societal regulation - coordinated market economy, social democracy, aspiration of worker control / Greg Patmore -- 7. The politics and diversity of worker representation: the increasing fluidity and challenge of representation / Miguel Martínez Lucio and Stephen Mustchin -- 8. Employers and their representatives: discretion, power, markets, and managers in the transformation of twenty first century work / Gerald Friedman -- 9. Juridification in industrial relations / Alan Bogg -- 10. The moral economy: flexible employment and layers of disconnection / Sharon C. Bolton and Knut Laaser -- Part II: Aspects of the politics of labour, work and employment -- 11. Managing labour and the labour process / Bill Harley -- 12. Who manages the managers? / Graham Sewell -- 13. Beyond the workplace: how civil society organisations attempt to exercise regulatory influence over work and employment / Steve Williams and Brian Abbott -- 14. Types of work and labour / Rachel Lara Cohen -- 15. Non-standard work and non-standard workers / Vicki Smith and Brian Halpin -- 16. Non-remunerated work / Colin C Williams -- 17. Skills and the social value of work / Patricia Findlay -- 18. The expansion of the labour market and the politics of migration / Gabriella Alberti -- 19. Gender segregation and labour market institutions / Siobhan Austen, Therese Jefferson and Linley Lord -- 20. Labour market, work and employment segregation by race / Steve Jefferys -- 21. Training and development - whose interests are being served? / Mark Stuart -- 22. Kinship and community networks / Robert MacKenzie, Zyama Ciupijus and Chris Forde -- Index.
    Abstract: "Providing a thorough overview of the political nature of, and dynamics between, the worlds of work, labour and employment, this timely Handbook draws together an interdisciplinary range of top contributors to explore the interdependent relationship between politics and labour, work and employment. Chapters provide a wide range of differing theoretical approaches with which to explore the legal, economic and socio-political aspects of labour, work and employment in pre-capitalist, capitalist and post-capitalist societies. The Handbook explores the purpose, roles, rights and powers of employers and management, workers and unions, states and governments in the age of globalised neo-liberalism. Different non-standard and non-renumerated types of work are examined with their counterparts, offering a thorough insight into the modern economy with a key focus on migration, gender, race and community. An essential reference for political economists as well as business and management scholars, this comprehensive Handbook provides an important analysis of the interconnectedness of politics and labour, work and employment. This will also be a useful read for policy makers looking for broad insights to the ways in which policies can impact labour, work and employment"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    ISBN: 9781788118095
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 410 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Increasing occupational health and safety in workplaces
    DDC: 363.11
    Keywords: Betriebliches Gesundheitsmanagement ; Arbeitsschutz ; Arbeitsunfall ; Sucht ; Gewalt ; Mobbing ; Pestizid ; Stress ; Welt ; Industrial hygiene ; Industrial safety ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Arbeitssicherheit ; Arbeitsschutz
    Abstract: Contents: Part I. Introduction -- 1. Increasing occupational health and safety in workplaces: why it matters / Ronald J. Burke -- 2. Accident underreporting in the workplace / Tahira M. Probst, Erica L. Bettac and Christopher Austin -- 3. Stress, human errors and accidents / Astrid M. Richardsen, Monica Martinussen and Sabine Kaiser -- Part II. Workplace health and safety factors -- 4. Drug use and workplace safety: issues and good practice responses / Ken Pidd, Ann Roche and Vinita Duraisingam -- 5. Understanding domestic violence as a workplace problem / Barb MacQuarrie, Katreena Scott, Danielle Lim, Laura Olszowy, Michael D. Saxton, Jen MacGregor and Nadine Wathen -- 6. Job resources and outcomes in the process of bullying: a study in a Norwegian healthcare setting / Espen Olsen, Maria Therese Jensen, Gunhild Bjaalid, and Aslaug Mikkelsen -- 7. Safety, health and climate: taking the temperature on nurses' work health and safety / Valerie O'Keeffe -- 8. Antecedents of aggression in nursing: a review / Katharine McMahon, Lauren S. Park, and Liu-Qin Yang -- Part IV: High-risk occupations -- 10. Pesticide exposure and the health effects among Latino and other farmworkers / Joseph G. Grzywacz, John S. Luque and Alan Becker -- 11. Occupational health and safety in the mining sector / Carmel Bofinger and David Cliff -- 12. Occupational health and safety in the construction sector / Helen Lingard -- 13. The case for psychosocial safety climate to be recognised in mining disaster investigations / Tony Pooley, Silvia Pignata and Maureen F. Dollard -- 14. Aggressive and criminal behavior of police officers / Philip Matthew Stinson, Sr. -- 15. Workplace stress and firefighter health and safety / Todd D. Smith, Mari-Amanda Dyal, and David M. DeJoy -- Part IV: Building safety climates, promoting worker health and changing workplace cultures -- 16. Types of safety cultures and best practice suggestions / Sharon Clarke -- 17. The role of safety culture and safety leadership on safety related outcomes / Çakıl Agnew and Laura Frühen -- 18. The benefits of transformational leadership and transformational leadership training on health and safety outcomes / Tabatha Thibault, Duygu Biricik Gulseren, and E. Kevin Kelloway -- 19. Crew resource management (CRM) and non-technical skills / Rhona Flin, Amy Irwin and Oliver Hamlet -- 19. Health protection and health promotion in small business / Natalie V. Schwatka, Liliana Tenney, and Lee S. Newman -- Index.
    Abstract: "The ILO estimates that around 2.3 million workers die annually as a result of occupational accidents and diseases. A further one million workers suffer workplace accidents every day. Alongside the human impact, these accidents cost an estimated 4 per cent of GDP in the US, equating to 2.8 trillion US dollars. This book considers occupational health and safety, and the ways in which it can be increased to both improve working conditions and reduce the material costs of accidents. Bringing together leading academics in the field, and presenting original research from both the private and public sectors, Increasing Occupational Health and Safety in Workplaces argues for greater reporting of workplace accidents and injuries. It also incorporates stress as a factor in rates of accidents and injuries, and suggests ways in which workplace safety cultures can be fostered and improved. This book will be an invaluable tool for students of management, especially those with an interest in small businesses. Its insights will also be of interest for organizational administrators responsible for workplace accidents and injuries at various levels, and for government employees with an interest in occupational health and safety"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781786437105
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXV, 461 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of international talent management
    Keywords: Hochqualifizierte Arbeitskräfte ; Personalbeschaffung ; Personalmanagement ; Industrial management Handbooks, manuals, etc Research ; International business enterprises Research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Forewords / Sir Cary L. Cooper, Huiyao Wang, Simon Collinson and David G. Collings -- Introduction: International talent management research - a multidisciplinary and interdisciplinary approach / Yipeng Liu -- Part I: International talent management, entrepreneurship and innovation -- 1. Talent management and innovation management: Review of the literature and challenges for future research / Daniela Baglieri, Maria Cristina Cinici and Antonio Crupi -- 2. Talent for services: How gaining access to talent enables successful servitization / Marco Opazo-Basáez, Ferran Vendrell-Herrero and Oscar F. Bustinza -- 3. Serial entrepreneurs as "incubators": Individuals with inspiration and leadership that make for incubation / Yin Mon Myint, Shilendra Vyakarnam and Alexandra Huener -- 4. A design thinking approach for talent management - can talent management benefit from design thinking? / Beke Redlich and Christoph Lattemann -- Part II: International talent management and international business -- 5. Managing expatriates of emerging multinationals: An institutional work perspective / David Fan, Yiyi Su and Zheng J. Yan -- 6. Global work arrangements and talent management in the born-virtual organization: The case study of automattic / Alessandra Vecchi -- 7. Inpatriation management: A literature review and recommendations for future research / Fedor Portniagin and Fabian Jintae Froese -- 8. Logic or smiles?: International talent management across advanced and emerging economic contexts - Japanese expatriates' cross-cultural communication friction in India / Ashok Ashta, Peter Stokes and Paul Hughes -- 9. Compensation disparity, underpayment and director turnover: Evidence from China / Mahmoud Ezzamel and Yang Zhao -- Part III: International talent management, sustainability, public management and policy -- 10. Talents for key positions in organizations: Sustainability management as a profession / Katharina Spraul, Julia Hufnagel, Cynthia Friedrich and Natalie Brill -- 11. Training programs to develop the ethicality of talents / Dominic Kreismann and Till Talaulicar -- 12. Global talent management and higher education governance: The singapore experience in a comparative perspective / Hong Liu -- 13. Talent management strategies in the public sector: A review of talent management schemes in southeast asia / Celia Lee and Shahamak Rezaei -- 14. China: Talent management in transition / Tony Fang -- 15. Characterizing the 'global war for talent' / Kyle Griffith -- Index.
    Abstract: International talent management has become a critically important topic for scholarly discussion, in policy debates, and among the business community. Despite this, however, research into talent management tends to lack theoretical underpinnings, especially from an international, multidisciplinary, and comparative perspective. This Research Handbook fills this gap, bringing together a range of leading researchers, scholars, and thinkers to debate and advance the conceptualization and understanding of this multifaceted subject. With chapters covering key topics within multiple domains of management and organization studies, the Research Handbook of International Talent Management explores the topic in innovative entrepreneurial enterprises to international businesses. It also examines how talent management relates to sustainability and public management, providing in depth coverage of the field for an interdisciplinary approach to what is one of the grand contemporary challenges facing the global economy today. This Research Handbook will be a vital resource for students of human resources management, business studies and public management policy, as well as for researchers with an interest in talent management, international management, and entrepreneurship and innovation
    Note: Index: Seite 449-461
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781784716325
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 357
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Keywords: Transfer pricing ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Paul W. Cook, Jr. (1955), 'Decentralization and the Transfer-Price Problem', Journal of Business, 28 (2), April, 87-94 -- 2. Jack Hirshleifer (1956), 'One the Economics of Transfer Pricing', Journal of Business, 29 (3), July, 172-84 -- 3. Jack Hirshleifer (1957), 'Economics of the Divisionalized Firm', Journal of Business, 30 (2), April, 96-108 -- 4. J. R. Gould (1964), 'Internal Pricing in Firms When There Are Costs of Using an Outside Market', Journal of Business, 37 (1), January, 61-67 -- 5. Thomas Horst (1971), 'The Theory of the Multinational Firm: Optimal Behaviour under Different Tariff and Tax Rates', Journal of Political Economy, 79 (5), September-October, 1059-72 -- 6. L. W. Copithorne (1971), 'International Corporate Transfer Prices and Government Policy', Canadian Journal of Economics, IV (3), August, 324-41 -- 7. E. J. R. Booth and Oscar W. Jensen (1977), 'Transfer Prices in the Global Corporation under Internal and External Constraints', Canadian Journal of Economics, 10 (3), August, 434-46 -- 8. Lorraine A. B. Eden (1978), 'Vertically Integrated Multinationals: A Microeconomic Analysis', Canadian Journal of Economics, 11 (3), August, 534-46 -- 9. Takao Itagaki (1979), 'Theory of the Multinational Firm: An Analysis of Effects of Government Policies', International Economic Review, 20 (2), June, 437-48 -- 10. Eric W. Bond (1980), 'Optimal Transfer Pricing when Tax Rates Differ', Southern Economic Journal, 47 (1), July, 191-200 -- 11. Homi Katrak (1981), 'Multi-National Firms' Exports and Host Country Commercial Policy', Economic Journal, 91 (362), June, 454-65 -- 12. Larry Samuelson (1982), 'The Multinational Firm with Arm's Length Transfer Price Limits', Journal of International Economics, 13 (3-4), November, 365-74 -- 13. Lorraine Eden (1983), 'Transfer Pricing Policies under Tariff Barriers', Canadian Journal of Economics, 16 (4), November, 669-85 -- 14. W. Erwin Diewert (1985), 'Transfer Pricing and Economic Efficiency', in Alan M. Rugman and Lorraine Eden (eds), Multinationals and Transfer Pricing, Chapter 3, London, UK and New York, NY, USA: St. Martin's Press, 47-79 -- 15. Lorraine Eden (1985), 'The Microeconomics of Transfer Pricing', in Alan M. Rugman and Lorraine Eden (eds.), Multinationals and Transfer Pricing, Chapter 2, London: Croom Helm and New York: St. Martin's Press, 13-46 -- 16. Chander Kant (1988), 'Endogenous Transfer Pricing and the Effects of Uncertain Regulation', Journal of International Economics, 24 (1-2), February, 147-57 -- 17. Chander Kant (1990), 'Multinational Firms and Government Revenues', Journal of Public Economics, 42, July, 135-47 -- 18. Lorraine Eden (1998), 'Taxing Multinationals in Theory', in Lorraine Eden (ed.) Taxing Multinationals: Transfer Pricing and Corporate Income Taxation in North America, Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 279-319 -- 19. Guttorm Schjelderup and Alfons J. Weichenrieder (1999), 'Trade, Multinationals, and Transfer Pricing Regulations', Canadian Journal of Economics, 32 (3), May, 817-31
    Abstract: 20. Christian Keuschnigg and Michael P. Devereux (2013), 'The Arm's Length Principle and Distortions to Multinational Firm Organization', Journal of International Economics, 89, 432-40 -- 21. Jan Svejnar and Stephen C. Smith (1984), 'The Economics of Joint Ventures in Less Developed Countries', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 99 (1), February, 149-68 -- 22. Thomas J. Prusa (1990), 'An Incentive Compatible Approach to the Transfer Pricing Problem', Journal of International Economics, 28 (1-2), February, 155-72 -- 23. Thomas A. Gresik and Douglas R. Nelson (1994), 'Incentive Compatible Regulation of a Foreign-Owned Subsidiary', Journal of International Economics, 36 (3-4), May, 309-31 -- 24. Ramy Elitzur and Jack Mintz (1996), 'Transfer Pricing Rules and Corporate Tax Competition', Journal of Public Economics, 60, 401-22 -- 25. Andreas Haufler and Guttorm Schjelderup (2000), 'Corporate Tax Systems and Cross-Country Profit Shifting', Oxford Economic Papers, 52 (2), April, 306-25 -- 26. Pascalis Raimondos-Møller and Kimberley Scharf (2002), 'Transfer Pricing Rules and Competing Governments', Oxford Economic Papers, 54 (2), April, 230-46 -- 27. Hans Jarle Kind, Karen Helene Midelfart and Guttorm Schjelderup (2005), 'Corporate Tax Systems, Multinational Enterprises, and Economic Integration', Journal of International Economics, 65 (2), March, 507-21 -- 28. Susana Peralta, Xavier Wauthy and Tanguy van Ypersele (2006), 'Should Countries Control International Profit Shifting?', Journal of International Economics, 68 (1), January, 24-37 -- 29. Raveendra N. Batra and Josef Hadar (1979), 'Theory of the Multinational Firm: Fixed versus Floating Exchange Rates', Oxford Economic Papers, 31 (2), July, 258-69 -- 30. Takao Itagaki (1981), 'The Theory of the Multinational Firm under Exchange Rate Uncertainty', Canadian Journal of Economics, 14 (2), May, 276-97 -- 31. Guttorm Schjelderup and Lars Sørgard (1997), 'Transfer Pricing as a Strategic Device for Decentralized Multinationals', International Tax and Public Finance, 4 (3), July, 277-90 -- 32. Laixun Zhao (2000), 'Decentralization and Transfer Pricing under Oligopoly', Southern Economic Journal, 67 (2), October, 414-26 -- 33. George F. Kopits (1976), 'Intra-Firm Royalties Crossing Frontiers and Transfer-Pricing Behaviour', Economic Journal, 86 (344), December, 791-805 -- 34. Larry Samuelson (1985), 'Transfer Pricing in Exhaustible Resource Markets', in Alan M. Rugman and Lorraine Eden (eds), Multinationals and Transfer Pricing, Chapter 5, London, UK and New York, NY, USA: St. Martin's Press, 98-116 -- 35. Harry Grubert (2003), 'Intangible Income, Intercompany Transactions, Income Shifting, and the Choice of Location', National Tax Journal, 56, 221-42 -- 36. Matthias Dischinger and Nadine Riedel (2011), 'Corporate Taxes and the Location of Intangible Assets within Multinational Firms', Journal of Public Economics, 95, (7-8), August, 691-707 -- 37. Marion B. Stewart (1986), 'U.S. Tax Policy, Intrafirm Transfers, and the Allocative Efficiency of Transnational Corporations', Public Finance/Finances Publiques, 41, 350-71 -- 38. Harry Grubert and John Mutti (1991), 'Taxes, Tariffs and Transfer Pricing in Multinational Corporate Decision Making', Review of Economics and Statistics, 73 (2), May, 285-93
    Abstract: 39. John Jacob (1996), 'Taxes and Transfer Pricing: Income Shifting and the Volume of Intrafirm Transfers', Journal of Accounting Research, 34 (2), Autumn, 301-12 -- 40. Eric J. Bartelsman and Roel M. W. J. Beetsma (2003), 'Why Pay More? Corporate Tax Avoidance Through Transfer Pricing in OECD Countries', Journal of Public Economics, 87, (9-10), September, 2225-52 -- 41. Lorraine Eden, Luis F. Juarez Valdez and Dan Li (2005), 'Talk Softly but Carry a Big Stick: Transfer Pricing Penalties and the Market Valuation of Japanese Multinationals in the United States', Journal of International Business Studies, 36, 398-414 -- 42. Céline Azémar and Gregory Corocos (2009), ''Multinational Firms' Heterogeneity in Tax Responsiveness: The Role of Transfer Pricing', World Economy, 32, 1291-318 -- 43. Sanjaya Lall (1973), 'Transfer-Pricing by Multinational Manufacturing Firms', Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics, 35 (3), August, 173-93 -- 44. Anita M. Benvignati (1985), 'An Empirical Investigation of International Transfer Pricing by US Manufacturing Firms', in Alan M. Rugman and Lorraine Eden (eds), Multinationals and Transfer Pricing, Chapter 10, London, UK and New York, NY, USA: St. Martin's Press, 193-211 -- 45. Jean-Thomas Bernard and Robert J. Weiner (1990), 'Multinational Corporations, Transfer Prices, and Taxes: Evidence from the U.S. Petroleum Industry', in Assaf Razin and Joel Slemrod (eds.) Taxation in the Global Economy, Chicago, USA: University of Chicago Press, 123-54 -- 46. Deborah L. Swenson (2001), 'Tax Reforms and Evidence of Transfer Pricing', National Tax Journal, 54 (1), 7-25 -- 47. Kimberly A. Clausing (2003), 'Tax-Motivated Transfer Pricing and US Intrafirm Trade Prices', Journal of Public Economics, 87, 2207-23 -- 48. Lorraine Eden and Peter Rodriguez (2004), 'How Weak are the Signals? International Price Indices and Multinational Enterprises', Journal of International Business Studies, 35 (1), 61-74 -- 49. Agnes W. Y. Lo, Raymond M. K. Wong and Michael Firth (2010), 'Can Corporate Governance Deter Management from Manipulating Earnings? Evidence from Related-Party Sales Transactions in China', Journal of Corporate Finance, 16 (2), April, 225-35 -- 50. Michael J. Ferrantino, Xuepeng Liu and Zhi Wang (2012), 'Evasion Behaviors of Exporters and Importers: Evidence from the U.S.-China Trade Data Discrepancy', Journal of International Economics, 86 (1), January, 141-57
    Abstract: This authoritative research review discusses the most influential papers relating to the economics of transfer pricing. The piece notably covers the topic of transfer pricing in light of divisionalization, government regulations, bargaining models, market distortions and product characteristics as well as touching on the important subjects of empirical estimates of transfer price manipulation and transfer mispricing estimates. Written by Lorraine Eden, one of the founders and a leading contributor to the field, this research review promises to be useful reading for doctoral students, faculty members and policy makers who wish to extend their knowledge on the economics of transfer pricing
    Note: Includes index , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    ISBN: 9781788114226 , 1788114221
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 178 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for financial inclusion and microfinance
    DDC: 332.08694
    Keywords: Finanzielle Inklusion ; Mikrofinanzierung ; Soziale Integration ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Finanzdienstleistung ; Finanztechnologie ; Microfinance ; Finance Law and legislation ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- Part I: Framing research on microfinance and financial inclusion -- 1. The challenges of social investment through the microfinance lens / Jonathan Morduch and Timothy Ogden -- 2. Microfinance and management theory / Brian Hathaway and Tyler Wry -- 3. Breaking away from ready-made remedies and normative approaches to financial practices / Isabelle Guérin, Solène Morvant and Jean-Michel Servet -- 4. What do we really know about microfinance impact? / Maren Duvendack -- Part II: Social, environmental, and financial performance -- 5. Social performance measurement in microfinance / Bert D'espallier and Jann Goedecke -- 6. Microfinance and financial inclusion in the transformation to environmental sustainability / Johan Bastiaensen, Frédéric Huybrechs and Gert Van Hecken -- 7. Efficiency and productivity analysis of microfinance institutions / Valentina Hartarska and Denis Nadolnyak -- Part III: Targets for financial inclusion -- 8. Islamic microfinance / Laurent Weill -- 9. Microfinance plus: a review and avenues for research / Adriana Garcia and Robert Lensink -- 10. Microfinance in the North: where do we stand? / Anastasia Cozarenco and Ariane Szafarz -- Part IV: Institutional and technological design -- 11. Internationalization of the microfinance industry / Roy Mersland, Stephen Zamore, Kwame Ohene Djan and Tigist Woldetsadik Sommeno -- 12. Microfinance and governance / Niels Hermes -- 13. Fintech and financial inclusion / Baptiste Venet -- Index.
    Abstract: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. How can financial services, such as credit, deposit accounts, financial transfers, and insurance be provided to people in need? This challenging and complex issue has been a topic of interest for the international aid community for decades. Drawing on renowned experts in microfinance and financial inclusion, this Research Agenda sheds much-needed light on this multifaceted challenge and points the way ahead for future research. Providing a critical and multidisciplinary approach to research in microfinance and financial inclusion, the authors provide a state-of-the-art overview of current scholarly knowledge on the provision of financial services to disadvantaged populations worldwide. Reviewing the literature on the subject from the fields of economics, management science and development studies, they discuss the limitations and challenges of current research and chart avenues for future developments. With its fascinating insights, this Research Agenda will be of interest to students of finance and economics, development, and business and management, as well as researchers with a specific interest in microfinance and financial inclusion
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788114448 , 1788114442
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 362
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Global value chains
    DDC: 382
    RVK:
    Keywords: Betriebliche Wertschöpfung ; Globalisierung ; Entwicklung ; Internationale Wirtschaft ; Betriebliche Wertschöpfung ; Globalisierung ; Entwicklung ; Internationale Wirtschaft ; Business networks ; International trade ; International business enterprises ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wertschöpfung ; Globalisierung ; Wertschöpfungskette
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Gary Gereffi, John Humphrey and Timothy Sturgeon (2005), 'The Governance of Global Value Chains', Review of International Political Economy, 12 (1), February, 78-104 -- 2. Gary Gereffi (1999), 'International Trade and Industrial Upgrading in the Apparel Commodity Chain', Journal of International Economics, 48 (1), 37-70 -- 3. John Humphrey and Hubert Schmitz (2001), 'Governance in Global Value Chains', IDS Bulletin, 32 (3), July, 19-29 -- 4. Timothy J. Sturgeon (2002), 'Modular Production Networks: A New American Model of Industrial Organisation', Industrial and Corporate Change, 11 (3), June, 451-95 -- 5. Jennifer Bair (2005), 'Global Capitalism and Commodity Chains: Looking Back, Going Forward', Competition and Change, 9 (2), June, 153-80 -- 6. Timothy J. Sturgeon (2009), 'From Commodity Chains to Value Chains: Interdisciplinary Theory Building in an Age of Globalisation', in Jennifer Bairs (ed.), Frontiers of Commodity Chain Research, Chapter 6, Stanford CA: Stanford University Press, 110-35, references -- 7. Peter Gibbon (2008), 'Governance, Entry Barriers, 'Upgrading: A Re-Interpretation of Some GVC Concepts from the Experience of African Clothing Exports', Competition and Change, 12 (1), March, 29-48 -- 8. Raphael Kaplinsky (2000), 'Globalisation and Unequalisation: What Can Be Learned from Value Chain Analysis?', Journal of Development Studies, 37 (2), December, 117-46 -- 9. Carlo Pietrobelli and Federica Saliola (2008), 'Power Relationships Along the Value Chain: Multinational Firms, Global Buyers and Performance of Local Suppliers', Cambridge Journal of Economics, 32 (6), November, 947-62 -- 10. Raphael Kaplinsky, Mike Morris and Jeff Readman (2002), 'The Globalization of Product Markets and Immiserizing Growth: Lessons from the South African Furniture Industry', World Development, 30 (7), July, 1159-77 -- 11. Mike Morris and Cornelia Staritz (2014), 'Industrialization Trajectories in Madagascar's Export Apparel Industry: Ownership, Embeddedness, Markets, and Upgrading', World Development, 56, April, 243-57 -- 12. Raphael Kaplinsky, Anne Terheggen and Julia Tijaja (2011), 'China as a Final Market: The Gabon Timber and Thai Cassava Value Chains', World Development, 39 (7), July, 1177-90 -- 13. Stefano Ponte and Peter Gibbon (2005), 'Quality Standards, Conventions and the Governance of Global Value Chains', Economy and Society, 34 (1), February, 1-31 -- 14. Khalid Nadvi (2008), 'Global Standards, Global Governance and the Organization of Global Value Chains', Journal of Economic Geography, 8 (3), May, 323-43 -- 15. Doris Fuchs, Agni Kalfagianni and Tetty Havinga (2011), 'Actors in Private Food Governance: The Legitimacy of Retail Standards and Multistakeholder Initiatives with Civil Society Participation', Agriculture and Human Values, 28 (3), September, 353-67 -- 16. Stephanie Barrientos (2001), 'Gender, Flexibility and Global Value Chains', IDS Bulletin, 32 (3), July, 83-93 -- 17. Stephanie Barrientos, Catherine Dolan and Anne Tallontire (2003), 'A Gendered Value Chain Approach to Codes of Conduct in African Horticulture', World Development, 31 (9), September, 1511-26 -- 18. Simon Bolwig, Stefano Ponte, Andries du Toit, Lone Riisgaard and Niels Halberg (2010), 'Integrating Poverty and Environmental Concerns into Value-Chain Analysis: A Conceptual Framework', Development Policy Review, 28 (2), March, 173-94 -- 19. Peter Lund-Thomsen and Adam Lindgreen (2014), 'Corporate Social Responsibility in Global Value Chains: Where Are We Now and Where Are We Going?', Journal of Business Ethics, 123 (1), August, 11-22
    Abstract: 20. Jennifer Bair and Florence Palpacuer (2015), 'CSR Beyond the Corporation: Contested Governance in Global Value Chains', Global Networks, 15 (Supplement), S1-S19 -- 21. Stephanie Barrientos, Frederick Mayer, John Pickles and Anne Posthuma (2011), 'Decent Work in Global Production Networks: Framing the Policy Debate', International Labour Review, 150 (3-4), December, 299-317 -- 22. John Humphrey and Hubert Schmitz (2002), 'How Does Insertion in Global Value Chains Affect Upgrading in Industrial Clusters?', Regional Studies, 36 (9), 1017-27 -- 23. Hubert Schmitz (2006), 'Learning and Earning in Global Garment and Footwear Chains', European Journal of Development Research, 18 (4), December, 546-71 -- 24. Elisa Giuliani, Carlo Pietrobelli and Roberta Rabellotti (2005), 'Upgrading in Global Value Chains: Lessons from Latin American Clusters', World Development, 33 (4), April, 549-73 -- 25. Carlo Pietrobelli and Roberta Rabellotti (2011), 'Global Value Chains Meet Innovation Systems: Are There Learning Opportunities for Developing Countries?', World Development, 39 (7), July, 1261-69 -- 26. Lizbeth Navas-Alemán (2011), 'The Impact of Operating in Multiple Value Chains for Upgrading: The Case of the Brazilian Furniture and Footwear Industries', World Development, 39 (8), August, 1386-97 -- 27. Jiří Blažek (2016), 'Towards a Typology of Repositioning Strategies of GVC/GPN Suppliers: The Case of Functional Upgrading and Downgrading', Journal of Economic Geography, 16 (4), July, 849-69 -- 28. Seth Pipkin and Alberto Fuentes (2017), 'Spurred to Upgrade: A Review of Triggers and Consequences of Industrial Upgrading in the Global Value Chain Literature', World Development, 98, October, 536-54 -- 29. Catherine Dolan and John Humphrey (2000), 'Governance and Trade in Fresh Vegetables: The Impact of UK Supermarkets on the African Horticulture Industry', Journal of Development Studies, 37 (2), December 147-76 -- 30. Peter Gibbon (2001), 'Upgrading Primary Production: A Global Value Commodity Chain Approach', World Development, 29 (2), February, 345-63 -- 31. Jacques H. Trienekens (2011), 'Agricultural Value Chains in Developing Countries: A Framework for Analysis', International Food and Agribusiness Management Review, 14 (2), 51-82 -- 32. Jennifer Bair and Gary Gereffi (2001), 'Local Clusters in Global Chains: The Causes and Consequences of Export Dynamism in Torreon's Blue Jeans Industry', World Development, 29 (11), November, 1885-903 -- 33. Timothy Sturgeon, Johannes Van Biesebroeck and Gary Gereffi (2008), 'Value Chains, Networks and Clusters: Reframing the Global Automotive Industry', Journal of Economic Geography, 8 (3), May, 297-321 -- 34. Jason Dedrick, Kenneth L. Kraemer and Greg Linden (2010), 'Who Profits from Innovation in Global Value Chains?: A Study of the iPod and Notebook PCs', Industrial and Corporate Change, 19 (1), February, 81-116 -- 35. Timothy J. Sturgeon and Momoko Kawakami (2011), 'Global Value Chains in the Electronics Industry: Characteristics, Crisis and Upgrading Opportunities for Firms from Developing Countries', International Journal of Technological Learning, Innovation and Development, 4 (1-3), 120-47 -- 36. Robert C. Feenstra (1998), 'Integration of Trade and Disintegration of Production in the Global Economy', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 12 (4), Fall, 31-50 -- 37. Andrew B. Bernard, J. Bradford Jensen, Stephen Redding and Peter Schott (2007), 'Firms in International Trade', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 21 (3), Summer, 105-30 -- 38. Marcel P. Timmer, Abdul Azeez Erumban, Bart Los, Robert Stehrer and Gaaitzen J. de Vries (2014), 'Slicing up Global Value Chains', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 28 (2), Spring, 99-118
    Abstract: 39. Richard E. Baldwin and Simon J. Evenett (2015), 'Value Creation and Trade in 21st Century Manufacturing', Journal of Regional Science: Special Issue, 55 (1), January, 31-50
    Abstract: This insightful research review discusses some of the most influential papers in the economics field of global value chains. Focusing on globalization, fragmentation and coordination of production across geographical as well as enterprise boundaries. It pays particularly close attention to how businesses in developing countries are incorporated into global production and distribution networks. The review analyses many of the texts that framed the global value chain approach together with in-depth case-studies of particular sectors and policy-oriented research concerned with reducing poverty and accelerating growth in poorer countries. This review would be of great interest to students and researchers working in the fields of globalisation, geography and international business
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788112017
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 361
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Recent developments in the economics of housing
    DDC: 333.7
    Keywords: Immobilienökonomie ; Wohnungsmarkt ; Immobilienpreis ; Environmental economics ; Housing Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Übersichtsarbeit ; Übersichtsarbeit ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Richard Dusansky and Paul W.Wilson (1993), 'The Demand for Housing: Theoretical Considerations', Journal of Economic Theory, 61 (1), October, 120-38 -- 2. Yannis M. Ioannides and Jeffrey E. Zabel (2008), 'Interactions, Neighborhood Selection and Housing Demand', Journal of Urban Economics, 63 (1), January, 229-52 -- 3. Edward L. Glaeser, Matthew E. Kahn and Jordan Rappaport (2008), 'Why do the Poor Live in Cities? The Role of Public Transportation', Journal of Urban Economics, 63 (1), January, 1-24 -- 4. Patrick Bayer, Robert McMillan, Alvin Murphy and Christopher Timmins (2016), 'A Dynamic Model of Demand for Houses and Neighbourhoods', Econometrica, 84 (3), May, 893-942 -- 5. Sanghoon Lee and Jeffrey Lin (2018), 'Natural Amenities, Neighbourhood Dynamic, and Persistence in the Spatial Distribution of Income', Review of Economic Studies, 85 (1), March, 663-94 -- 6. Esteban Rossi-Hansberg, Pierre-Daniel Sarte and Raymond Owens III (2010), 'Housing Externalities', Journal of Political Economy, 118 (3), June, 485-535 -- 7. Maisy Wong (2013), 'Estimating Ethnic Preferences Using Ethnic Housing Quotas in Singapore', Review of Economic Studies, 80 (3), July, 1178-214 -- 8. Edward L. Glaeser, Joseph Gyourko and Raven E. Saks (2006), 'Urban Growth and Housing Supply', Journal of Economic Geography, 6 (1), August, 71-89 -- 9. Dennis Epple, Brett Gordon and Holger Sieg (2010), 'A New Approach to Estimating the Production Function for Housing', American Economic Review, 100 (3), June, 905-24 -- 10. Albert Saiz (2010),'The Geographic Determinants of Housing Supply', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 125 (3), August, 1253-96 -- 11. John M. Clapp (2004), 'A Semiparametric Method for Estimating Local House Price Indices', Real Estate Economics, 32 (1), February, 127-60 -- 12. Andrew Caplin, Sumit Chopra, John Leahy, Yann LeCun and Trivikraman Thampy (2008), 'Machine Learning and the Spatial Structure of Housing Returns', Working Paper, December, 1-41 -- 13. Philipe Bracke (2014),'House Prices and Rents: Microevidence from a Matched Dataset in Central London', Real Estate Economics, 43 (2), June, 403-31 -- 14. Stefano Giglio, Matteo Maggiori and Johannes Stroebel (2016), 'No-Bubble Condition: Model-Free Tests in Housing Markets', Econometrica, 84 (3), May, 1047-91 -- 15. John Geanakoplos (1997), 'Promises, Promises' in W. Brian Arthur, Steven N. Durlauf and David A. Lane (eds), The Economy as an Evolving Complex System II, Chapter 12, Reading, Massachusetts, MA, USA: Addison-Wesley, January, 285-320 -- 16. Marjorie Flavin and Takshi Yamashita (2002),'Owner-Occupied Housing and the Composition of the Household Portfolio', American Economic Review, 92 (1), March, 345-62 -- 17. Karl E. Case, John M. Quigley and Robert J. Shiller (2012),'Wealth Effects Revisited 1975-2012', Critical Finance Review, 2 (1), July, 101-28 -- 18. Jack Favilukis, Sydney C. Ludvigson, Stjn Van Nieuwerburgh (2017),'The Macroeconomic Effects of Housing Wealth, Housing Finance, and Limited Risk Sharing in General Equilibrium', Journal of Political Economy, 125 (1), December, 140-223.
    Abstract: 19. Mathew Chambers, Carlos Garriga and Don E. Schlagenhauf (2009),'Accounting for Change in the Homeownership Rate', International Economic Review, 50 (3), August, 677-726 -- 1. Thomas C. Schelling (1969), 'Models of Segregation', American Economic Review Papers and Proceedings of the Eighty-first Annual Meeting of the American Economic Association, 59 (2), May, 488-93 -- 2. Thomas C. Schelling (1971), 'Dynamic Models of Segregation', Journal of Mathematical Sociology, 1 (2), July, 143-86 -- 3. Junfu Zhang (2004), 'A Dynamic Model of Residential Segregation', Journal of Mathematical Sociology, 28 (3), August, 147-70 -- 4. Dejan Vinković and Alan Kirman (2006), 'A Physical Analogue of the Schelling Model', Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 103 (51), December, 19261-65 -- 5. Anna Hardman and Yannis M. Ioannides (2004),'Neigbors' Income Distribution: Economic Segregation and Mixing in US Urban Neighborhoods', Journal of Housing Economics, 13 (4), December, 368-82 -- 6. Jan K. Brueckner and Stuart S. Rosenthal (2009), 'Gentrification and Neigborhood Cycles: Will America's Future Downtowns Be Rich?', Review of Economics and Statistics, 91 (4), November, 725-43 -- 7. David Card, Alexandre Mas and Jesse Rothstein (2008), 'Tipping and the Dynamics of Segregation', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 123 (1), February, 177-218 -- 8. Raven E. Saks, Grace Wong and Min Hwang (2008), 'Reassessing the Role of National and Local Shocks in Metropolitan Area Housing Markets', Brooking-Wharton Papers on Urban Affairs, 9, January, 95-126 -- 9. Sean Holly, M. Hashem Pesaran and Takashi Yamagata (2010), 'A Spatio-temporal Model of House Prices in the USA', Journal of Econometrics, 158 (1), September, 160-73 -- 10. Katharina Knoll, Moritz Schularick and Thomas Steger (2017), 'No Price Like Home: Global House Prices, 1870 - 2012 ', American Economic Review, 107 (2), February, 331-53 -- 11. Anna M. Hardman and Yannis M. Ioannides (1999),'Residential Mobility and the Housing Market in a Two-Sector Neoclassical Growth Model', Scandinavian Journal of Economics, 101 (2), December, 315-35 -- 12. Mamoru Kaneko, Tamon Ito and Yu-ichi Osawa (2006), 'Duality in Comparative Statics in Rental Housing Markets with Indivisibilities', Journal of Urban Economics, 59 (1), January, 142-70 -- 13. David H. Autor, Christopher J. Palmer and Parag A. Pathak (2014),'Housing Market Spillovers: Evidence from the End of Rent Control in Cambridge, Massachusetts', Journal of Political Economy, 122 (3), June, 661-717 -- 14. Peter Englund and Yannis M. Ioannides (1993), 'The Dynamics of Housing Prices: An International Perspective', in Dieter Bös (ed.), Economics in a Changing World: Volume 3: Public Policy and Economic Organization, London, UK: St. Martin's Press, 175-97 -- 15. Morris A. Davis and Jonathan Heathcote (2005),'Housing and the Business Cycle', International Economic Review, 46 (3), August, 751-84 -- 16. Mateo Iacoviello and Stefano Neri (2010),'Housing Market Spillovers: Evidence from an Estimated DSGE Model', American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, 2, April, 125-64 -- 17. Edward L. Glaeser, Joseph Gyourko, Eduardo Morales, Charles G. Nathanson (2014),' Housing Dynamics: An Urban Approach', Journal of Urban Economics, 81, May, 45-56 -- 18. Matthew Rognlie (2015),'Deciphering the Fall and Rise in the Net Capital Share: Accumulation or Scarcity?', Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, (1), Spring, 1-54.
    Abstract: 19. William C. Wheaton (1990), 'Vacancy, Search, and Prices in a Housing Market Matching Model', Journal of Political Economy, 98 (6), December, 1270-92 -- 20. Monika Piazzesi and Martin Schneider (2009), 'Momentum Traders in the Housing Market: Survey Evidence and a Search Model', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 99 (2), May, 406-11 -- 21. Allen Head and Huw Llyod-Ellis (2012),'Housing Liquidity, Mobility and the Labour Market', Review of Economic Studies, 79 (4), 1559-89 -- 22. David Genesove and Lu Han (2012), 'Search and Matching in the Housing Market ', Journal of Urban Economics, 72 (9), July, 31-45 -- 23. James Albrecht, Pieter A. Gautier and Susan Vroman (2016),'Directed Search in the Housing Market', Review of Economic Dynamics, 19, January, 218-31 -- 24. Yannis M. Ioannides and Jeffrey E. Zabel (2017),'Housing and Labor Market Vacancies and Beveridge Curves: Theoretical Framework and Illustrative Statistics', Working Paper, 1-53.
    Abstract: This review considers the most significant and contemporary literary contributions to the field of the economics of housing. It discusses articles that cover the housing markets demand and supply whilst considering these factors interactions on real estate valuations, home ownership and wealth decisions. Literature focusing on the interfaces that occur from the dynamics of neighbourhoods and housing prices is analysed and the review delves into how housing markets and their modelling have attracted particular policy interest, such as rent control. Recent analyses of housing markets through a lens that emphasizes the importance of frictions, namely the Diamond-Mortensen-Pissarides (DMP) model is also extended upon. This review promises to be an informative read to scholars and academics who are immersed in this fascinating topic
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    ISBN: 9781786436016
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXII, 519 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of inclusive innovation
    DDC: 658.4/08
    Keywords: Innovationsmanagement ; Soziale Integration ; Sozialer Wandel ; Strategische Allianz ; Social responsibility of business ; Social change Economic aspects ; Social change Environmental aspects ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Fallstudie ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Inklusion ; Integration ; Innovationsprozess
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Introduction -- 1. Inclusion and innovation : a call to action / Gerard George, Ted Baker, Paul Tracey and Havovi Joshi -- Part II: Social innovation in practice -- 2. A silent evolution : innovative and inclusive narratives on sustainability / Ana Cristina Campos Marques -- 3. Climate change and social innovation / Christopher Wright and Daniel Nyberg -- 4. Problem, person, and pathway : a framework for social innovators / Julie Battilana, Brittany Butler, Marissa Kimsey, Johanna Mair, Christopher Marquis and Christian Seelos -- 5. Inclusion and innovation in healthcare / Anita M McGahan -- 6. How do we know when social innovation works? A review and contingency model of social impact assessment / Greg Molecke and Anne-Claire Pache -- Part III: Community and place -- 7. Indigenous social innovation : what is distinctive? and a research agenda / Ana María Peredo, Murdith McLean, Crystal Tremblay -- 8. Urban innovation : at the nexus of urban policy and entrepreneurship / Jeffrey A. Robinson, Amol Joshi, Lutisha Vickerie-Dearman and Todd Inouye -- 9. Community social innovation : taking a long view on community enterprise / Neil Stott, Michelle Fava and Natalie Slawinski -- 10. Collective social innovation : leveraging custodianship, tradition and place on fogo island / M. Tina Dacin and Peter A. Dacin -- Part IV: Systems, institutions, and infrastructure -- 11. Coordinating infrastructure changes to meet retiring baby boomers' needs / David Souder -- 12. Sustainable technology-enabled innovations for ageing-in-place : the Singapore example / Hwee-Pink Tan and Hwee-Xian Tan -- 13. How firms bring social innovation and efficiency to the global effort to recover from disasters / Luis Ballesteros -- 14. The lack of public goods in emergent economies : a call for research and a case study of innovative organisational designs / Nuno Gil -- 15. Scaling up of social innovations : an institutional framework / Silvia Dorado and Pablo Fernández -- 16. Social innovation as institutional work / Warren Nilsson -- 17. Challenges for global supply chains and opportunities for social innovation / Yong H. Kim and Gerald F. Davis -- Part V: Individuals, organizations and organizing -- 18. Emotions as the glue, the fuel and the rust of social innovation / Charlene Zietsma and Madeline Toubiana -- 19. Income inequality : consequences and implications for social innovation / Xiang Zhou and Jason D. Shaw -- 20. Frugal innovation and social innovation : linked paths to achieving inclusion sustainably / Yasser Bhatti and Jaideep Prabhu -- 21. Climate change and entrepreneurship / Elizabeth Embry, Jessica Jones and Jeff York -- 22. A framework for sustaining hybridity in social enterprises : combining differentiating and integrating / Marya Besharov, Wendy Smith and Tiffany Darabi -- 23. Organizing for global change / Yves Plourde -- Part VI : Networks and social change -- 24. Collaborative governance / Ann Florini -- 25. Inclusive innovation through alliance networks / Arno Kourula -- 26. Social entrepreneurs as network orchestrators : a framework and research agenda on networks and leadership in the context of social innovation / Christian Busch and Harry Barkema -- 27. Empowerment, social innovation and social change / Helen M Haugh and Maggie O'Carroll -- Index.
    Abstract: Offering a comprehensive review of contemporary research on inclusive innovation, chapters address the systemic, structural issues that present the 'grand challenges' of our time. With 27 contributions from 57 expert scholars, this Handbook highlights both emerging practices and scalable solutions. Acting as a call to action, the chapters place social impact at the heart of theory and practice, providing fresh insight into global issues and practical solutions. Organized into five distinct sections to reflect current theoretical approaches and frameworks, contributions cover social innovation in practice; community and place; systems, institutions and infrastructure; individuals, organizations and organizing, and networks and social change. This Handbook emphasizes the fundamental shift needed in management scholarship to address global problems and achieve social impact by working towards the UN's Sustainable Development Goals. This will be an invaluable resource for those championing social inclusion in both research and practice, including innovation researchers and management scholars more broadly
    Note: Literaturangaben
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788973564
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 302 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Second edition
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Gherardi, Silvia, 1949 - How to conduct a practice-based study
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensorganisation ; Organisationsforschung ; Management Research ; Methodology ; Management Research ; Methodology ; Management ; Management ; Management Research ; Methodology ; Electronic books ; Management ; Organisatorisches Lernen
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- 1. Practice as accomplishment -- 2. Practice as collective knowledgeable doing -- 3. Practice as sensible knowing -- 4. Practice as sociomateriality -- 5. The normative infrastructure of practices -- 6. Talking while practicing -- 7. Practices as socially sustained -- 8. The texture of practices -- 9. Tricks of the trade -- 10. Towards a posthumanist practice theory of organizing -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: This thoroughly revised, extended and updated second edition of Silvia Gherardi's classic book gives the reader a must-read orientation through the myriad of methods and styles involved in practice-based research. Practice-based approaches to knowing, learning, innovating, and managing have thrived in recent years. Calling upon numerous narratives from a range of research fields, the author offers insight into the many possibilities of practice research, highlighting the inextricable links between humans and technology as the key emergent trend in management studies. Developing an innovative posthumanist approach, this novel book offers a useful and insightful compass for the navigation of practice-based studies through the lens of exemplar vignettes from internationally acclaimed researchers. A valuable and instructive work, this book is critical to any scholars of practice theories, as well as management and organizational studies and those with a keen interest in research methods. Masters students seeking insight into the development of practice-based studies, and PhD researchers developing their own methodologies will also find the guidance of this book indispensable in their studies
    Note: Literaturverzeichnis: Seite 249-294
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    ISBN: 9781788973229
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XVIII, 205 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als International comparative employee relations
    DDC: 658.315
    Keywords: Arbeitsbeziehungen ; Industrial relations ; Industrial relations Cross-cultural studies ; International business enterprises Personnel management ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / by Richard Hyman -- Acknowledgements -- Introduction: The language and culture perspective in employee relations / Karl Koch and Pietro Manzella -- Part I: Comparative employee relations in context -- 1: Employee relations in context: Globalization, uncertainties, and dynamics of change / Aurora Trif and Valentina Paolucci -- 2: Comparative employee relations: An overview of contemporary developments and scholarship / Chris Brewster -- 3: A new approach: The incorporation of culture, language and translation elements in comparative employee relations / Pietro Manzella and Karl Koch -- Part II: Employee relations in the national context -- 4: Employee relations and harmony in China / Jing Xi -- 5: Culture, language and translation in comparative employee relations: The case of the Italian caporalato / Pietro Manzella -- 6: Plant-level employee representation in Germany: Is the german works council a management stooge or the representative voice of the workforce? / Michael Whittall and Rainer Trinczek -- 7: Individualism, democracy and conflict in the USA / Peter Norlander -- 8: Fragmented democracy and employee participation in nigeria / John Opute -- 9: Exploring 'bundles' of employment practices: Culture, language and translation perspectives / Susanne Tietze -- Index.
    Abstract: "Employee relations in national contexts are significantly influenced not only by material forces but also by cultural and linguistic factors that are often highly nationally specific. In this innovative book, culture and language are analysed in terms of how they affect employee relations internationally, demonstrating the importance of recognising and understanding these elements in the face of increasing globalisation. International Comparative Employee Relations first examines the subject from a broader international perspective, discussing the impact of cultural context on common areas such as labour law and collective bargaining, and exploring the issues of translating these concepts, as well as surveying current scholarship in the field. In later chapters, case studies from China, Italy, Germany, the USA and Nigeria provide specific examples of the cultural and linguistic complexity and diversity of employee relations both within and between nations. Scholars and students of international business management, particularly those with an interest in comparative employment relations or comparative human resource management, will find this book insightful. It will also prove useful for practitioners working in areas such as cross-cultural management and translation"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781784719609
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XII, 354 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Kwon, O-yul, 1936 - Social trust and economic development
    DDC: 338.9519500905
    Keywords: Wirtschaftslage ; Soziale Lage ; Entwicklung ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Südkorea ; Economic development ; Korea (South) Economic conditions 2002- ; Korea (South) Social conditions 21st century ; Electronic books ; Südkorea ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung ; Vertrauen
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Introduction -- Part I: Socioeconomic developments and social trust in Korea -- 1. Social trust: its concepts, determinants, roles, and raising ways -- 2. Recent economic development and emerging social issues in Korea -- 3. Social evolution in conjunction with economic development in Korea -- 4. Social trust and economic development in Korea -- 5. Economic bipolarization and its effects on society in Korea -- Part II: Recent developments in social trust and their socioeconomic effects in Korea -- 6. Interpersonal trust -- 7. Social trust in government -- 8. Social trust in business -- 9. Social trust in labor -- Index.
    Abstract: "In just one generation, South Korea has transformed from a recipient of foreign aid to a member of the G20. In this informative book, South Korea is used as a case by which to explore and illustrate specific issues arising from the complex relationships between the nation's economic development and society. O. Yul Kwon considers the task of achieving sustainable and equitable social and economic development in South Korea. Kwon presents an in-depth analysis from macro perspectives as well as examining micro-level relationships between economic development and social trust in the recent past. Grounded in empirical research of Korean society and economy, Kwon offers practical suggestions by which to achieve sustainable and equitable development in South Korea. This insightful and timely book provides valuable information for a scholarly audience interested in South Korean history, economics and society, and for researchers investigating the significance of the relationship between economic development and society as well as social trust"--
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    ISBN: 9781788973465 , 1788973461
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 204 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Bergeijk, Peter A. G. van, 1959 - Deglobalization 2.0
    RVK:
    Keywords: Globalisierung ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Kritik ; Konjunktur ; Welt ; Globalization Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Globalisierung ; Kritik ; Populismus ; Protektionismus ; Wirtschaftspolitik
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Spoilers -- 2. Setting the stage -- 3. Deglobalization is not new! -- 4. What drives deglobalization? -- 5. Is deglobalization good or bad? -- 6. The future of deglobalization -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: The rapid integration of global governments, businesses and capital has faced a dramatic and often hostile backlash in recent years. As populist agendas worldwide gain momentum, Deglobalization 2.0 explores the key drivers of reactionary movements. From the 'Make America Great Again' movement in the US, to Continental European populism, Peter van Bergeijk explains the critical catalysts of anti-globalization sentiment. Through a historical lens, this book draws out similarities and differences between contemporary developments and the economic crises of the 1930s, offering a unique understanding of the political and economic drivers of deglobalization. Focusing on wealth inequality, social uncertainty and international competition for economic supremacy, van Bergeijk examines and offers answers for the lacunae in the globalization debate. Provocative, insightful and accessible, this book confronts the deglobalization issue as a matter of real urgency and is thus vital reading for policy makers and managers working in international affairs and economic relations. It also offers guidance for academics in international economics and relations moving into the uncharted territory of deglobalization processes
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    ISBN: 9781785366048
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 310 Seiten)
    Series Statement: New horizons in regional science
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Chen, Zhenhua High speed rail and China's new economic geography
    Keywords: Hochgeschwindigkeitsverkehr ; Neue ökonomische Geographie ; Wirtschaftsgeographie ; China ; High speed trains ; Economic geography ; Electronic books ; China ; Hochgeschwindigkeitszug ; Auswirkung ; Regionalwirtschaft
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword -- Preface -- 1. Introduction -- Part I Land use and real estate impacts -- 2. Spatial impacts of high speed rail on land value change -- 3. Spatial-temporal impacts on urban growth: the case of the Beijing-Shanghai line -- 4. Housing impact of long-distance high speed rail -- 5. Intercity passenger rail impact on housing -- Part II Tourism and aviation impacts -- 6. High speed rail impact on tourism -- 7. Impacts of high speed rail on domestic air transportation -- Part III Economic and environmental impacts -- 8. High speed rail and regional economic disparity -- 9. Economic and environmental impacts of high speed rail: a national perspective -- 10. Economic impacts of high speed rail: a regional perspective -- 11. Conclusion -- Index.
    Abstract: High Speed Rail and China's New Economic Geography presents an analytical approach to assessing the socioeconomic impact of high speed rail in China, with an emphasis on capturing the spatial spillover effects of rail infrastructure development on China's economic geography in terms of land use, housing market, tourism, regional disparity, modal competition, the economy and environment. The assessment involves a multilevel spatial analysis approach at both the national and the regional level. The methods include partial equilibrium analysis characterized by a spatial econometric modeling and the state-of-the-art computable general equilibrium modeling. It provides a basis for policy decision-making and operational considerations. Academic scholars and students who are specialized in regional economics, urban planning, public policy, and transportation will find this book useful. Practitioners and policy-makers will also find this book valuable as the empirical findings provide implications for future transportation planning and development
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788974486
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xx, 160 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Elgaronline
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar books
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Hudson, John, 1947 - The robot revolution
    DDC: 338.064
    Keywords: Roboter ; Automatisierung ; Automatisierte Produktion ; Künstliche Intelligenz ; Automation Economic aspects ; Automation Social aspects ; Artificial intelligence Economic aspects ; Artificial intelligence Social aspects ; Robots Social aspects ; Robots Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Roboter ; Künstliche Intelligenz ; Sozioökonomischer Wandel
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Innovation -- 2. The history and development of robots -- 3. Robots now and in the future -- 4. The science of robots -- 5. The impact on employment, unemployment and wages -- 6. The economic, social and political impact -- 7. People's hopes and fears -- 8. Policies to deal with potential problems and to realise the promise -- 9. A changing world of innovation -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: In the coming decades robots and artificial intelligence will fundamentally change our world. In doing so they offer the hope of a golden future, one where the elderly are looked after by companion robots, where the disabled can walk, robot security protects us all, remote rural areas have access to the best urban facilities and there is almost limitless prosperity. But there are dangers. There are fears in the labour market that robots will replace jobs, leaving many unemployed, and increase inequality. In relying too much on robots, people may reduce their human contact and see their cognitive abilities decline. There are even concerns, reflected in many science fiction films, that robots may eventually become competitors with humans for survival. This book looks at both the history of robots, in science and in fiction, as well as the science behind robots. Specific chapters analyse the impact of robots on the labour market, people's attitudes to robots, the impact of robots on society, and the appropriate policies to pursue to prepare our world for the robot revolution. Overall the book strikes a cautionary tone. Robots will change our world dramatically and they will also change human beings. These important issues are examined from the perspective of an economist, but the book is intended to appeal to a wider audience in the social sciences and beyond
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...